

<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="es">
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=AnnaBla</id>
		<title>Wikiexplora - Contribuciones del usuario [es]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=AnnaBla"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/Especial:Contribuciones/AnnaBla"/>
		<updated>2026-10-07T10:51:50Z</updated>
		<subtitle>Contribuciones del usuario</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.26.1</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT06_(Descabezado)&amp;diff=119239</id>
		<title>GPT06 (Descabezado)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT06_(Descabezado)&amp;diff=119239"/>
				<updated>2024-12-21T19:48:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AnnaBla: /* Season 2024/25 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''[[GPTs|List of all GPT sections]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How to a add new entry =&lt;br /&gt;
You need to be logged in to save your edits (and on mobile view, you need to be logged in to start editing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- IF YOU COPY FROM THIS EDITING VIEW, YOU NEED TO USE THIS TEMPLATE (* TRANSFORMS INTO BULLET, ''' MAKE IT BOLD):&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Packrafting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias'''&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;* '''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Packrafting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Include remarks about your route useful for other hikers and packrafters, alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties. Try to be specific. Do not be shy to fix obvious mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Overview =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;overflow: hidden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:GPT 06 options.png|450px|right|GPT 06 route options]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Routes===&lt;br /&gt;
Section 6 leads through the spectacular landscape of the Descabezado volcano. There are three main routes: the regular GPT route, from Parque Ingles to La Mina / Los Cipreses (or vice versa), the Condor Circuit from Parque Ingles to Vilches, which is also popular with non-GPT hikers, and the longer, off-the-beaten-path Descabezado Circuit, which begins at Laguna del Maule and ends in La Mina. Optional trips to volcano peaks include Descabezado Grande, Descabezado Chico and Volcán Azul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Right of way issues===&lt;br /&gt;
Most variations of section 6 will pass by Don Victor at km45.5 of the regular route. Even if you don't pass by there, you are likely to meet him at some point on the trail. He requires prior authorization to go through his land, although only some hikers have been able to obtain such authorization, since he seems to not always reply to messages. Without authorization, it is advisable to try to avoid him, especially on the way into his land, since he might turn you around. This makes a start from Vilches unadvisable. You can minimize the probability of meeting Don Victor by taking a CC route closer to Descabezado Grande, described by Natalie below (as of March 2024 this route is not yet part of the track files), but this is not an easy route, especially if there is snow. An alternative is to do the Descabezado Circuit, but finish in Parque Ingles. This shorter circuit still goes through via almost all highlights, but entirely avoids Don Victor. You can also connect to section 5, which similarly avoids him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting from Parque Ingles also has restrictions, see the trip reports below. In particular, there are only a limited number of hikers allowed, and you should not disclose your plans to go via Don Victor's land if you don't have authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that starting from La Mina requires authorization from the hydro company. See the GPT manual on section 6 for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' 2024-DEC-17 to 2024-DEC-20 / 4 days / hiking / NOBO / RR+option GPT06-01e / Michal a Anna ​'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to obtain the permit to enter the Hidroeléctrica Los Cipreses:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Contact Mrs. Natali Veloso Zuñiga from Enel (natali.veloso@enel.com) to obtain an authorization to visit. It is a simple form, she replied within a day.&lt;br /&gt;
2. With the authorization visit carabinieros at Reten La Mina or El Colorado and obtain permit to enter Los Cipreses. It is a multi-page document summarizing your trip.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Now you can enter and begin your hike NOBO. :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day1: When we came to the Enel gate [78.9/865] we realised that we have to obtain yet another permit from Carabineros at Reten La Mina (as described above). Getting to Reten and back took us 2 hours but Carabinieros were friendly and helpful and there wasn’t any problem with getting the permit. After that we build our first camp at Laguna de Los Hornos [aprox 64.8].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Pass [59.3/2518] (Hornitos) wasn’t fully under show but we used our microspikes to climb two snowfields more easily, but would be definitly ok without them. Then the out-of-this-world beauty began.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: We didn’t meet Don Víctor at Refugio [45.5/1887] or around. Just a few cows. Pass [33.8/2695] (El Estadio) was almost completely under snow, microspikes very useful and made our progress faster. When descending from pass there was a lot of melting snow. At [S 35°31.4964', W 070°44.8531'/2427] where the RR goes on the east side of the valley there was a big snow bridge across creek/waterfall which we consider unsafe to step on. We couldn’t find a safe alternative way (only a combination of short downclimb, ford in steep creek and crumbly longer upclimb), so we decided to turn and came back to X [36.7/2423] where we spent night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: We took a variant [GPT06-01e  (Laguna Manatial Pelado)] and without a problem descended to Park Inglesé. At [35°28.61331'S, 70°59.63836'W] is a gate where we were informed that we are on private property. Semi friendly guy opened the gate after a while and some negotiations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally the trail was ok, but it pays off to be very careful this time of year because of the melting snow and rivers flowing under it creating many snow bridges. It may turn you back. Anyways this section is one of the most beautiful places we have ever been to, we were left speachless many times!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' 2024-DEC-09 &amp;gt; 10 / 1,5 jours / Randonnée / SOBO / Variante Volcan Colorado(voir GPT05)&amp;gt;RR / Pierre-Marie ​​'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etape : GPT04+GPT05+GPT06&lt;br /&gt;
| Meteo : soleil&lt;br /&gt;
| Eau : facile&lt;br /&gt;
| Neige : beaucoup&lt;br /&gt;
| Intérêt : 5/5&lt;br /&gt;
| Difficulté : 3/5&lt;br /&gt;
| Danger : attaque d'oiseaux&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Des Cairns indiquent souvent la route. Beaucoup de poussière sur cette etape.&lt;br /&gt;
J'ai subit 1 attaques d'oiseaux apres le lac Caracol sur la partie herbeuse, puis 1 autre le long du lac Hornitos. J'ai marché sur les parties sableuse et degagées pour ne pas ecraser de nids. Apres le volcan Hornitos, la descente est monotone et sans interet.&lt;br /&gt;
DEC-11&amp;gt;12 : Repos Talca. A-R bus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-DEC-05 to 2024-DEC-07 / 2,5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + OH (var. C) / Ivan, Jakub, Daniel'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We combined sections 5 and 6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We joined section 6 at the hot springs [27.4/1986]. Most tributaries of the river carrying water from the hot springs are too hot for bathing, but one of them has a reasonable temperature. It’s slightly overgrown and more lukewarm than hot, but fine for washing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fords on the Estero El Volcán river [29.4/2190 and 32.5/2565] were both covered by snow, so we didn’t need to ford. Generally, there is still quite a lot of snow, and the area around the pass is almost entirely covered. However, with good equipment (appropriate clothing, microspikes, sunglasses...), it’s not difficult to cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is plenty of water everywhere due to the melting snow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water at [44.6/1884] is currently a fairly strong flow. We eventually found a spot where we could hop across dry-footed, but it took some time to find. We were there in the morning; by the afternoon, the water level would likely be higher and will by necessery to ford.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We didn’t meet Don Victor. However, we met another group of hikers near the refugio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The climb to the pass [59.3/2518] (Hornitos) from Laguna del Caracol is almost snow-free, except for a few small patches. On the other hand, the southern slope is still covered by a significant layer of snow. Regardless of the trackfiles, we descended in a way that avoided difficult snow patches. Our route was very close to variant C, and it was fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Around km 68, we left the trail and went cross-country directly south, looking for a good campsite. We eventually found one at -35.7569975, -70.7919536, with a nice flat spot and access to water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shop in Los Alamos, marked as a resupply point, is open. It’s very small, but we managed to buy supplies for the next two days. Don’t worry if it seems hidden in someone’s garden—it’s there!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the road on the opposite bank (Variant E), there are several small shops where it might also be possible to resupply. There’s also a nice restaurant, Cordillera, where we celebrated the end of the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2024/Nov/26 -2024/Nov/30)/4 Days/ Hiking/ SOBO/ Entry Variation from 05, RR form Banos del Blanquillo/ Lukas, Basil &amp;amp;Tabea&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The national Park was still closed and entry was not possible so we chose a different entry point over lago frio (La Ruca). The expedition guide from the touring company offert to drop us off at this alternative entry point for 15$ p.p. After 10km on good trials we arrived on variation 05, which we followed until the main route. The route was duable, no critical river crossings or hard snow fields. the mountain pass horintos still had snow on the south side, nobo crossing not advisable. Exit at los zypresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-04-03 to 2024-04-05 // 2,5 days // Hiking // NOBO // RR // Quentin Clavel (GPT6)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What an amazing section ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was lucky enough to have all the volcanoes and mountains covered by snow as it was heavy rainy just before I begun this section ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result is blowminding landscapes, but struggle near the pass, to deal with the mix of snow and soft volcanic ground aha. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I started from El medano, where the shop and most of the cabanas were closed (there's few options to sleep here, cabanas and camping too, but as it was the end of the season, everything was closed). I was lucky enough to found a nice habitant that purpose me to stay at his house for the night for 20K CLP and saved me from a big storm and heavy rain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I took the option F then E (basically the road from El Medano to the central hydrauelectruca) because I needed to resupply as the shop in El medano was closed. I found my happiness in La Mina where there's two basics shops (pasta, tomato sauce, biscuits, chips... (but no bread, or fresh products like fruits, cheese, ham ...). Here there's possibility to sleep on cabanas as well. There's a hotel/restaurant just one kilometer before La Mina, but no-one was there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I arrived at the gate of the central, knowing that it will be hard without authorisation. I've sent an email to Rene gaillardo as mentioned on the hiker's manual, but no answer. So I dealt with the security guards at the entrance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After long negociations the best option (and fastest one to let me pass this day) was to have a writing authorisation to pass from the carabineros. I've been driven to the carabineros by the security guard, and then have hard negotiations again. They finally wrote a paper where I had to explain my expedition and give lot of informations. And they asked me to go on a police station when I finished the section for let them know that I'm still alive aha. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, this allowed me to pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if you're going NOBO and don't want to struggle like that, don't contact Rene Gallardo, he's not working at the Central anymore, the key contact is now Natali Veloso, that you can contact on that mail address : Natali.veloso@enel.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you hike threw the central on a boring gravel, and arrive to the junction where you find lovely volcanic ground and going up up up to the pass of Los Hornitos. From there it's just landscapes from an other planet, with a very easy to follow path, but not in an easy ground as it's quite sandy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Views on Laguna del Caracol was amazing ! As the whole circuito condor on RR ! One of the best section of my GPT so far, alone in the world in this absolute incredible landscape ... Blowminding ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I continued threw the pass El estadio PK 33,8, here the snow was very present and the path harder to follow. I continued to the amazing spring del Azufres, very nice landscape to have a hot bath and quite big vapores, nice break during the day ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crossing over Estero El Volcan (X2) was quite demanding and I had to figure it out and check during long times for the best way to cross. Then I took the variant H to linked the GPT 6 to GPT 5. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Mar-08 to 2024-Mar-16 / 8.5 days / Hiking /  Descabezado Circuit / Control Fronterizo Laguna del Maule - Los Cipreses/ Option 02 + RR + Descabezado Chico / Alex &amp;amp; Christophe '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This 170km loop was our last section after 3 months on the GPT. It has been one of the most hard, exhausting, and technical section but also one of the most remote, wild, and magnificient we did. We didn't see any humans during 8 days. The extrem wind and cold temperatures, the infinite CC in open areas, the white landscapes without any shadow, and the D+ in soft sand were constantly forgotten thanks to the lunar landscapes. Here are some added informations for the GPT06-02 to the ones given by Natalie &amp;amp; Tomáš. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 : We took the bus at 7:30 from Talca to Armerillo. Then we hitchhiked to the beginning of GPT06-02 and began at 11am. After the first pass (-35.94909, -70.45347), we followed the track but going down thru the landslide seems to be a better option. We slept next to the river where there was a good wind shelter (more or less) at (-35.934832, -70.459308). That's a good spot to have the sun early in the morning, which was appreciated since it was -4°C during the night.&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 : The second path (-35.652, -70.43356) was pretty steep and unstable in the last meters but easily doable. The puesto seemed to be unoccupied. There was water every 1 or 2 hours. Then we took the {06-02F} as it looked to avoid swamps and we slept next to the river at (-35.827017, -70.399535) to have the sun as long as possible and to have it early in the morning.&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 : After the pass at (-35.785707, -70.403584), the landscape changed drastically! We took the {06-02E} to avoid the swamps of the other side. It worked but we had to cross the rio san Francisco. Small ford, but not jumpable. We stopped at (-35.693111, -70.427244). There was a clear source and a blue lagoon to take a quick bath. We had wind all night long, maybe there's a better place next to the lagoon. &lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: It must be possible to find a camp spot around (-35.667931, -70.422663). After that point, it begins to climb and there's no more flat place. We took the {06-02D} and it was a good option out of the elevation and the crazy wind. When we arrived at the snow limit, we went 20m down to find a good way in the snow. Then we had to run in the flowing sand to the rocks and had to clamber the last meters between two wind gusts throwing us sand in the eyes. It was pretty scary because of the wind conditions but doable. Finally on the plateau, we had to manage with winds at 80km/h and sandstorms. I would definitely not pass in case of bad weather or with stronger wind. We took a break at (-35.613055, -70.423114), first water since the pass. Then we followed the GPX track but the OSM offers to take the westside of the river and it looked to be better as we had to go up and down in the sand many times. Finally after this exhausting day, we found a camp spot with a kind of wind protection at (-35.560315, -70.441588).&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: After a long morning with a NW crazy constant cold wind, we stopped at the hot springs. We tried many places but never found a source warmer than 30°C. After a quick bath, we filled our water bladder at the last point mentioned by Tomas &amp;amp; Natalie (-35.48544, -70.5994) to go to sleep to the pass. There was still a ton of snow next to the pass but didn't see melting snow on the way. There are different camp possibilities with a stunning view in the last 600m before the pass but we slept at (-35.494194, -70.622529) to climb the Descabezado Chico the next day. Ok wind shelter.&lt;br /&gt;
Day 6 : We woke up at 6am to go to Descabezado Chico before the sunrise. We crossed a melting snow river at (-35.49828, -70.621259). Even if the last part is steep rocky and sandy, the climb is easy. We reached the summit in 1h20 and had one of the best sunrises of our lives ! There are some places to be sheltered from the freezing wind and enjoy the view. Back to the pass, we followed more or less the track because there was still a lot of snow and some ways didn't look to be the best to follow. Next to Lago de la Mollera (-35.49782, -70.635864), we went down to the lake because we didn't see how to avoid a snow wall and because it was looking to be a nice path to go down (breaking news : no)... We managed to go up a little bit further (-35.501361, -70.641377). When we arrived below Cerro Colorado, we took water in a blue lagoon and we hiked the crest on the left side to avoid deep sand (-35.524775, -70.661721). Then we stayed on the left side of the Cerro Colorado to go down (-35.525073, -70.670594) until the river. That was a quick and good choice. Finally we managed a flat and more or less wind sheltered camp at (-35.55463, -70.708441).&lt;br /&gt;
Day 7: There was still a ton of snow at the pass and made our own track in the snow slope a little bit upper than the GPS track to cross more safely. We wanted to follow the high route described by Natalie &amp;amp; Tomás to avoid Don Víctor but as we saw how much snow there still was, how already tired we were (but not as much as our shoes) we decided to take the RR to go south. When we watched the high route from the RR, there was still a lot of snow patches. We finally stopped at Water, Camp [48.1/1837]. Not the best idea because it becomes a freezing hole during the night.&lt;br /&gt;
Day 8-9: We followed the RR, nothing more to add to other posts except that we never met Don Victor !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-02-29 to 2024-03-07 / 7.5 days / Descabezado Circuit - Laguna del Maule to Los Cipreses / option 02, off-trail variant, 03, RR + Descabezado Grande and chico / Marilyne (+Fangwen and Tobi for first 3 days)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First section on the GPT and I found it amazing! I won’t repeat anything that Tobi and Fangwen have mentioned below that also applies to my trip.&lt;br /&gt;
On day 5, I used the variant suggested by Natalie&amp;amp;Tomas that avoids Refugio Blanquillo and Don Victor. I had met with 3 park rangers earlier in the day who questioned me about my plans and asked if I was planning to go to Refugio blanquillo. When I assured them that I would not they went on their way. I watched them and their 6 horses run over a steep patch of snow and it gave me the confidence to cross it too, otherwise I may have tried to find a different route as a fall there would have been highly consequential.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Had to cross many patches of snow on Natalie &amp;amp; Tomas alternate route and it includes a stream crossing that could be very dangerous in the wrong season as it is above a waterfall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I climbed Descabezado Chico on day 4 and Descabezado Grande using route 3 on day 6. The Grande climb took 6+ hours and I didn’t have any desire to keep fighting scree fields after so I skipped Azul. At the end of that day all my stuff and me were very dusty from that climb.&lt;br /&gt;
On day 8 I exited at the hydroelectric station Los Cipreses. A security guard that saw me running down the road to catch the bus offered me a ride to the main gate and we had a pleasant chat. Caught the 3:30pm bus to Talca around 4pm. They seem to start late from Medano.&lt;br /&gt;
Very sunny section, I used a small solar panel on my backpack and ended up the section with all my electronics fully charged. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2024-02-29 to 2024-03-08: Fangwen and Tobi (+ parts together with Marilyne) / 8.5 days Descabezado Circuit variant, Laguna del Maule to Vilches (option 02 -- variant 02D -- RR -- option 05)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What a fantastic trip! Two experienced GPT teams had independently recommended this circuit to us, and both described it as their favorite experience on the GPT. Natalie&amp;amp;Tomas have an extensive trip report below. I don't have a trip report from Markus&amp;amp;Jenni, who hiked this circuit in 2019, but they provided us with very useful waypoints. If you are interested, message us ([[Special:Emailuser/Tobfang]]) and I'll ask if I can share this data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is advisable to start this trip from Laguna del Maule. This way, you can easily lengthen the trip (by climbing the three volcanos) or shorten it (by exiting in Parque Ingles) towards the end of the trip. Also, you start at 2000m, which is a nice in the summer heat. It took us 8.5 days; we had food for 10 days and intended to climb some volcanoes, but when we got there it was quite windy, so we simply went straight to Vilches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This hike is definitely off the beaten path: the arriero Christian at S 35° 50.549', W 070° 24.114' said that we were the first hikers this season (in March!). He was very friendly and shared a delicious melon with us.&lt;br /&gt;
Our favorite places were a beautiful valley with white sand, and a refreshing Laguna at S 35° 41.643', W 070° 25.651' and the Laguna Aquas Calientes at S 35° 30.441', W 070° 31.990'. The latter is not actually a hot lake, but there are several small streams of warm water. We camped right at S 35° 30.129', W 070° 31.514', right next to a really nice hot pool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Things to watch out for: although water was generally abundant, there are some spots where water is a bit more sparse (especially late in the season) and you might have to carry for up to one day. See Natalie's trip report for details. Additionally, earlier in the season there might be snow fields. The winter in 2023 had a crazy amount of snow, so even though we went in March we had a lot of water from snow melt and the two passes at 02D (S 35° 39.116', W 070° 26.016') and S 35° 33.137', W 070° 44.275' had steep snow fields. It was a bit sketchy, but okay. For the first pass, there are other options up, which may open up earlier. For the second pass, Option 2B traverses a lower pass (we didn't go there). A lot of hiking is on cross country, much of it on sand or gravel of different firmness. Sometimes you sink in, sometimes not. Flat or downhill travel is generally efficient, uphill is slow. Bring (mini)-gaiters, not just because of sand but also spikey plants. Also, sun protection is crucial, you won't have any tree for a week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Logistics: Interbus (call them on WhatsApp: +56 9 9886 5872) runs a bus Mon-Fri from Talca to Medano (which is a bit further than la Mina). As of March 2024, this bus left at 12:30 and 19:00, returning to Talca from Médano at 7:20 and 15:30. From Médano hitchhike to the border checkpoint. It's not super easy, and you might only get as far as the furthest mine, roughly 5km before the border checkpoint. Alternatively, use a ride sharing app to go to the border checkpoint. We were able to get via multiple rides all the way to the border checkpoint, but it took some time (we arrived at 5.30pm). If you want to check out Laguna del Maule, tell the border guard that you're not crossing into Argentina, and they will let you pass. But the border checkpoint is closed at night (between 6pm and 9am?) and you're not supposed to cross it then. We quickly went to the lake and back before it closed.&lt;br /&gt;
Vilches Alto has a daily bus service to Talca at 12:30 and 16:00.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb- 22 to 2024-Feb-27/ 6days/hiking/SOBO/06/RR + volcano Decabezado/Paulina'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amasing section!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 &lt;br /&gt;
I took a bus from Talca to Molina ( a lot of buses  per day, still in February and later to Parque Ingles ( several buses per day in the season, most of them till 12 pm). &lt;br /&gt;
As it was a rainy day, my plan was to walk only to El Bolson. I did not have the entrance because I could not pay on the website with my card. I told to the Rangers that I would like to go to Los Cipreses, they where like I need the permition of the landowner to do it. I just ignored it.  At first they were saying that it would not be possible to camp on El Bolson the next 2 days. But I waited about one hour, reasked several times, and finally one of the Rangers went with me to the place where you can buy ticket for camping El Bolson ( 7000 CHP), also they told me that I did not need to buy the park entrance. &lt;br /&gt;
The El Bolson camping is just huge, I don't understand all the mess with the acces. When I came up, the guy from the camping just took my name and passport number, but did not ask to show the camping payment confirmation, or park payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 ( El Bolson- Termas de Azufre)&lt;br /&gt;
The trail was visible all the time. At this time of the season, no snow on the pass. Termas de Azufre are amasing, so it's good to come there not very late to enjoy them. Just next to the river, there are a few spots for tents.&lt;br /&gt;
This day I also met one chilean couple doing curcuito condor, and at Termas a chilean family with kids on horses with an arriero. &lt;br /&gt;
The famous owner of the land did not show up this day and the next days. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3. To refugio Blanquillo&lt;br /&gt;
At first there are a lot of animal trails, so you need to check with gps which one is a good one. &lt;br /&gt;
The ford on the river on the way to the pass was short but kind of difficult ( almost to the waist, I'm 1,69 cm, strong current). It's because of a heavy 2 days rain two day before. Later I met people doing curcuito condor from the other side and they told me that the rangers did not want to let them do the trail because of this river high level. But I think that after some.more days of a dray weather it's not a difficult ford.The rest of the trail was easy to follow with beautiful views.&lt;br /&gt;
At refugio, I met one couple doing curcuito condor and two chilean couple who came to climb Volvano Decapezado. Very nice meeting.&lt;br /&gt;
The refugio was already closed. The hot spring was not really hot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4&lt;br /&gt;
Together with chilean hikers, we climbed Decapezado Grande. It's a long hiking day, but it's really worth to do it. The way down is easy and very fast. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5 to Laguna de los Hornos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About 20 min. from the refugio, there are a lot of different animal paths ,so you will need to consult a gps to see which one is a GPT one.&lt;br /&gt;
The views around Laguna Caracol are amasing, I think it was my favourite part on this section of an extreme beauty. No navigation difficulties on the trail. Indeed,laguna de los Hornos is in a big part dried. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 6 till La Mina&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I agree that it's really worth to climb the volcano&lt;br /&gt;
Los Hornitos. It's a very short way up.The rest of the trail is at first a descend in a deep sand ( so you can go very fast) and than a walk on a gravel road ( I found the valley very nice, I was amased how fast the landscape changes). I got a ride about 2 km from Los Cipreses, very nice people, they took me to the shop in los Alamos , but as the owner was not there they took me to a shop in La Mina ( 500 m before the restaurant La Cordillera). You can find there several little shops, if you go around you can complete the resupply for the next section ( mostly pasta, tuna, tomato souce, ramen, eggs, instant souls). No camping gas.&lt;br /&gt;
I camped in a little, very nice camping/ garden with a grape shade in a restaurant La Cordillera place ( 3000 ChP), they have also cabanas but I don't know the price. A really nice place to stay and chill, you can eat all the fruits in the garden. The lady from the restaurant was very nice, they serve nice,food, not expensive ( I paid 18000 for camping, breakfast, big dinner, juice, and a good portion of pisco sour).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the next section, it's kind of easy to hitch-hike ( there are a lot of local workers on the road) to the beginning of the trail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-13 to 2024-Feb-18 / 5.5 days / SOBO / RR / Gabriele - Trails of Wander'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 - Parque Ingles - Laguna Las Animas. Hernandez bus from Molina to Parque Ingles 8:10 am. I had park entry and camp permit for El Bolson that I bought on-line. I indicated to the Guardiaparque my 6 days itinerary RR to Los Cipreses, no issues but had been told several areas are private land. Met only one hiker after El Bolson (See note below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 - Laguna Las Animas - Termas de Azufres. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 - Termas de Azufres - Camp  along Rio Blanquillo near Vegas Manantial Pelado RR + small section of OH-Tl-V 06-01. I did not ford Estero El Volcán at Ford 06 [29.4/2190] as with the high snow/water year I felt it was unsafe or risky at best and made little sense to try at that spot. I continued CC on the right bank of Estero El Volcán for about 300-400 m to reach the snow field where I crossed safely without even touching water at all. The CC section had only a handful of spots requiring short scrambles, but no issues. For reference, I crossed the snowfield to reach RR at -35.31196, -70.44898. Given the current water level condition I think this is an easier and safer option.&lt;br /&gt;
Originally intended to camp at Laguna Manantial Pelado for the night but the valley below looked great with all surrounding peaks so I camped there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4 - Camp near Vegas Manantial Pelado - Camp South of Laguna Caracol (Camp 06 56.3/2034). Based on the conversation I had two days earlier with a Chilean hiker who was doing the Circuito Condor regarding Don Victor the dueno/owner of the land traversed on day 4,  including Descabezado Grande, I decided to avoid encountering Don Victor if at all possible. I did not follow the RR directly to the refuge Blanquillo at 45.5/1887 but kept away from it and walked CC to reach RR further South where it climbs up. I did not meet him and cannot say if he was at the refuge, which I only saw from the distance. After reading and listening to multiple reports regarding the situation with Don Victor land ownership it seems to me that the best approach is to avoid or minimize contact with him if possible, in order to reduce escalation of further problems for future hikers, in particular Chileans hikers who appear to really have very hard time gaining approval from him to simply traverse his land.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5 - Camp South of Laguna Caracol - Laguna de los Hornos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 6 - Laguna de los Hornos - Los Cipreses. I reached Los Cipreses at about 1 pm on Sunday. The guard at the gate of the Hydroelectrico Los Cipreses told me there are no buses down to Talca on Sunday. I hitchhiked on 115 and got a ride to Talca fairly quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Water was plentiful for the entire route. Limited snowfields traverse with no issues. 100% full sun exposure all day after El Bolson. Windy at higher elevations. Harsh and dry environment with a lot of sand and dust. Lots of steep climbing in sand. Overall easy orientation and easy trails to follow but GPS track needed. Magnificent hike. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-08 to 2024-Feb-14 / 5.5 days / SOBO / RR 01c 01e 03 03a/ Matthias de Austria'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bus from Curicó to Molina at 9am, immediate connecting bus to Parque Inglés. Buy a ticket online for the national park (8500 for foreigners, 100% surcharge! If the international debit card selection doesn't work, just try the national one, my card only worked there). You can also add the authorisation for El Bolsón online, but you have to pay for it in cash at a ticket office in Parque Inglés. 80 people per day are allowed for Bolsón, everything is sold out at lunchtime. Night in Parque Ingles at Hostal Valverde 40k for one person in a 4 bed room (solo use) with own toilet and washbasin but shared shower, towel costs extra, quiet, next to river for bathing (lots of local families though).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At 8am next day, a Wednesday, there are around 50-60 people at the ticket office for Bolsón. I went to the locked gate at the start of the RR and quickly climb over it hoping noone saw me, as I'm not planning to stay in Bolsón anyway. Better not to mention that to the rangers. Also, only gas cookers are allowed. After about an hour, I'm just a little way off by a stream when a ranger rides past on a motorbike. I don't know if he saw me, maybe he thought I was coming back from Bolsón. So if you hear a motorbike, it's might best to change direction shortly and head towards Parque Inglés, or even better, start much earlier in the morning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I bypass Bolsón heading south at 01A, shortly after the bridge at -35.4973,-70.9052 is a large private area, no trespassing sign. I don't want to set a bad example for the numerous day trippers around and take a path along the stream (southern side) to the waterfall. Once out of sight of people and Bolsón, I briefly climb up the steep slope and CC to option 1. Water shortly before start of 01c. Next water at -35.5226,-70.8653, even with a small pool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don Victor is the large landowner in the area. His hut is, as far as I understood, the refuge Blanquillo at 45.5/1887. Hikers used to be welcome on his land, but after they left a lot of rubbish behind and invaded his hut, he no longer allows them and sends them back. However, he (sometimes?) makes exceptions for foreigners. You could ask him for permission via whatsapp, but he was so flooded with requests that he can no longer be contacted during the season. I just took a chance and went to his land. A rider around 37.1/2382 asked me what I was doing here, I asked him if he was Don Victor, to which he replied in the affirmative. I then introduced myself, said what my destination was, where I came from and that I am aware of the problem of dirty hikers, but that I am very careful with nature. He then allowed me to continue. I met him twice more in the following days, at Blanquillo 45.5/1887 and at Water 48.1/1837, and he reminded me not to throw away any rubbish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the refuge I met a Chilean-German couple camping, they came from Los Cipreses and didn't know that it was forbidden to enter this land, but Don Victor allowed them to stay after they argued with German cleanliness (I guess he had never been hiking in the Alps before the regular cleaning teams cleaned everything, otherwise his trust in the Europeans would probably not be so great).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fordings: All very easy, path at Laguna del Caracol is no longer under water. No snowfields to cross. The water level of the lagunas (except Manantial Pelado) is dropping rapidly, I estimate about 10 to 15cm per day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Water: Plenty, except for hiking up Descabezado. Bring as much as possible from Blanquillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summit day Descabezado: Very strong, cold winds all day. A good windbreaker, hat and gloves are essential. Only cloudy day since I've been in Chile, 20 minutes after I left the summit it cleared up. Extremely strenuous ascent on very loose gravel, almost every step sinks in deeply and slips (I weigh 100kg), takes 6 hours from base camp to the summit, even on the easier route. Descent effortless, under 2h.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camps:&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: Laguna Manantial Pelado &lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Basecamp -35.5978,-70.7957 (I widened it, smoothed it out, deepened it and extended the stone wall. Nevertheless, the winds up there can be massive, you have to brace the tent well.)&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: Next to the not existing anymore hot springs at 45.6&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Laguna la Turbia&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5&amp;amp;6: Laguna des los Hornitos (rest day, just beeing naked all day swimming and lying around in the sun)&lt;br /&gt;
Hornitos and Turbia were nice for swimming, the others really cold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No problems at Los Ciprese, friendly guard spoke good english, gave me water and wifi.&lt;br /&gt;
Bus to Talca (3500 peso) at main street came around 15:50-16:00.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Absolutely incredible landscape. I'm here for dream routes like this. Perhaps the best hiking week of my life. GPT01-04 was nice, but GPT06 is in a completely different league. I loved it and I deeply miss this kind of remoteness in central europe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-feb-2 to 2024-feb-6 / 5 days / Hiking / NOBO / RR / Juliet and Martin '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 parque ingles - Lagunas las animas&lt;br /&gt;
18km d+1200 d-100&lt;br /&gt;
Departure at 6:30 a.m. to pass the conaf. No worries &lt;br /&gt;
First part to el bolson. At el bolson we can refuel with water. The campsite attendant asked us for our conaf ticket. After explaining to him that we were going to laguna animas, he let us pass without any trouble. Continuation to laguna animales without shade but no snow. Bivouac spot on the beach but no shade, or to the west on meadows to pitch your tent, but used by a herd of horses. &lt;br /&gt;
The trail is generally easy to follow as it is marked by stone markers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 laguna las animas - Therma de azufre&lt;br /&gt;
11km D+400 D-700&lt;br /&gt;
Shade-free day. Lots of trails in the sand. &lt;br /&gt;
We didn't manage to find a good bivouac spot (mainly because of the heat coming from the ground). &lt;br /&gt;
Water spots regularly, especially early in the day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 Therma de azufre - El banquillo refuge &lt;br /&gt;
20km D+ 900 D- 900&lt;br /&gt;
The indicated crossing point was not crossable for us in our opinion (no experience in river crossings), so we decided to walk along the river bank in the rocks for several km. We crossed the river higher than indicated thanks to the snow. &lt;br /&gt;
Water spot regularly as several rivers crossed. &lt;br /&gt;
Arriving at el banquillo, we were disappointed not to meet Umberto. Very good bivouac spot with several pitches already made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4 El banquillo refuge - laguna de los hornitos &lt;br /&gt;
20km D+ 900 D- 900&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the climb is up to the pass after the laguna. Quite a physical climb in the sand. But we did it in about 1h30. The rest of the day was pretty much the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Regular water stops too. &lt;br /&gt;
No problem following the trail. &lt;br /&gt;
A little extra for a new encounter with a herd of horses. &lt;br /&gt;
Bivouac spot around the lake. Nice possibility before descending to the lake (indicated waypoint camp).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5 laguna de los hornitos - los alamos&lt;br /&gt;
All downhill to los cipreses. The first part is in sand, so it's a quick descent. Once on the road, we were often overtaken by cars. No one asked us for a permit (or offered to hitchhike). &lt;br /&gt;
We passed guards at the exit/entrance to the power station, who offered us water and no problem getting through. &lt;br /&gt;
In los alamos, a small store selling a few products such as pasta, ice cream, batteries, etc. It's run by a lady and her husband. They also sell beds for sleeping. They're very welcoming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buses to Talca at 7.30am and 3.30pm. Not many cars passing through. We didn't get picked up hitchhiking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Jan-27 to 2024-Jan-30) / 3.5 Days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + OH 01+03+06/ Joscha'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: RR [0-10,1] + OH06-01A + OH06-01[10,7-25,1] + RR [36,9-44,6]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few small streams at OH-01 and one bigger one near Laguna Manantial Pelado (ankle high ford). A few snow patches above 2300 m, but you can easily walk over or around them. Water is flowing at all the marked locations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: RR [44,6-45,8] + to Descabezado and back on OH06-03 and OH06-03A + RR [45,8-55,7]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
River at 44,8 was a little over ankle high ford in the morning. The climb up to Descabezado has a lot of steep gravel slopes, which makes it tiresome. Water is flowing at all the marked locations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: RR [55,7-58,3] + to Los Quillayes and back on OH06-06 and OH06-06A + RR [58,3-59,6] + OH06-C + RR [62-69]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OH06-06A is a steep gravel climb, but worth it. Really nice view from Los Quillayes (but similar to the view from Pass Hornitos. Pass Hornitos has some bigger snowfields on the southern side, but its easy to walk around them. OH06-C was pretty steep at the end, so maybe the RR is more convenient. Little above ankle high Ford north of Laguna de los Hornos in the afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: RR [69-80] + OH06-E + OH06-F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small Shop (I bought some Pasta) and Restaurant in Los Alamos. I tried to continue on the RR from Los Alamos to El Medina. But at 81,3 km the trail vanished and I wasn't able to continue. Therefore I walked back and walked on the paved road OH E+F to El Medano. Camping + Thermas in El Medano costs 7000 Pesos. There is a small shop, but it is very expensive (e.g. 1 Ramen Cup costs 2000 Pesos).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT06 has some really spectacular views. Especially Pass Hornitos and Volcan Descabezado. There is no shade, so the sun is gonna burn you all day. This + the sand/gravel is demanding for your body and your equipment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jan-26-2024 to Jan-30-2024 / 4.5 days / SOBO / Oh5, Oh 3, RR / Matthieu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section, from the entrance in Vilches to the end in los cipreses. Sand and lack of shadow are the main difficulties. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Right of way : that was my first fear. Concerning guardia parques : en parque ingles, they say that they cannot let officially hikers go to the volcan, as duenos asked (OH1 passes by 4 differents  private properties). But if you have a message by don victor it's ok. So no need for discussion there just take a ticket to el bolson and no more words. El bolson was closed for a few days for maintenance, so i just got out of parque ingles. At Alto de Lircay, guardiaparque told me that it was my responsability to enter don Victor's property without his permission. You can legally turn back into the park (or coming from parque ingles) paying for another day at the end, at the entrance, if you want to come back by altos de Lircay after the volcan. &lt;br /&gt;
- Don Victor : I had the chance to meet him near the valle del venado, on a horse. I asked for permission to enter his lands and continue south, that he offered me easily with promess to not let garbage in the zone. I was glad to meet him out of his lands, I don't know how he would react into. He especially asked to guardaparques to say to hikers that it was not permitted to go on his lands because it's always full of trash, and he has to clean it up all the time. He told me that foreigners were more respectfull than locals though. His phone is off all season because it became a public number, and he has to many calls to enter the volcan. So if you want permission better send a message before season. To note, his lands go at least to the laguna caracole, don't know after.&lt;br /&gt;
I saw another chilean hiker walking up the volcan, didn't seem to be a problem for him. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Water : often present on RR, in the lagunas or the oasis. A good stream just before the top of the volcan to. No need to carry kgs of it. &lt;br /&gt;
No water at the volcan basecamp though, so I carried it from the puesto. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Snow : From now on, no snow issues from the entrance in Vilches to the end at los cipreses, so no need for crampons (with entrance by option 5, I don't know for the entrance by RR). Few patches you can easily bypass before and after the third pass 59km. &lt;br /&gt;
No patches on the way to the top of volcan. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
River crosses (1.78m) : only once Rio blancillo, at the first Ford (water to knees). Then I stayed on the right side of the river until the end. I had to walk inside for 1 minute, water to hips, but no current so it was easy. I bypassed the two other crosses this way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camp : valle venado (conaf), really friendly worker there. - Basecamp Volcan : beware, I made the mistake to not plant my tent well with heavy rocks, and the pikes in the sand are no use... so when I came back from the volcan it was upside down with strong wind... a whole adventure to pack everything ! - Oasis at water 48km. - Around 70 kms, some nice camping spots near the river at the right side of the road. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Volcan : up to the top by option 3, then down by variant 3A. Taking the variant directly seems like hell, lot of sand. More rocks on regular option 3. Physically demanding, but no other particular difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proposition of new option : as the right of way may evolve badly in the future, I suggest a new option road from el camping valle venado to tricehue, following the rio claro. I asked to the guardaparque at the campsite, he said that there are people doing it usually. This year the river is to strong though, so maybe in march or next year. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buses at the end : the lign is from talca to el medano, a stop at the exit of los alamos on the road. From el medano : buses 7h30 and 15h30, monday to Friday (dont know for week ends).&lt;br /&gt;
From talca : 12h30 and 19h&lt;br /&gt;
At el colorado, buses to talca more often.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Jan-11 to 2024-Jan-17 / 7 Days / Hiking / NOBO / O5, O3, O3A, RR, O1 / Vlad'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A spectacular section to end my 5-week trip on the GPT. I’ve never experienced a landscape like this before and the weather (straight up sunshine for the whole week) was a welcome change after the unrelenting wind and rain of Patagonia. There were no other people outside of the start and end of the trail in national parks. Beautiful and desolate wild camping near the volcano. That said, it was very rough on my gear. The dry sand, abrasive rocks, spiky bushes did some damage to my shoes (erased on tread on the soles after sliding down scree slopes for 2 days), socks (holes after rubbing on rocks since I did not have gaiters), trekking poles (they were in a poor shape already but the rocks and sand finished them and the tips got sanded off), pants (got some holes as well). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: I took an overnight bus from Puerto Montt to Talca (22k CLP, very comfortable, booked through Rodovairro.cl). After arriving in Talca, there was a bus to Vilches at 10:30. I got off at the last stop and made it to the PN Altos de Lircay entrance around 1 PM. I asked the ranger about access to Descabezado land since I texted the owner, Don Victor (WhatsApp +56998863554) but he didn’t respond to me. The ranger said that Don Victor doesn’t respond at the moment but he said it was okay for the rangers to allow hikers to leave the park and go to his land. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was charged 8.5k CLP for park entrance and 10k CLP for 2 nights camping inside the park. This is because I wasn’t allowed to start hiking to Valle el Venado the first day (trail closes at 11:00 am even though it’s only 19 km 🙃) and had to camp at the park entrance, then another night once I get to Valle el Venado. It was a bummer as I already had limited time for this section, but it allowed me to go for a day hike up the mountain in Altos de Lircay and watch a beautiful sunset. The forest in Altos de Lircay is beautiful with teeming wildlife and abundant wildflowers. I saw a woodpecker, a fox, colorful iguanas, a snake, giant spiders, and endless wildflowers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You could maybe get to Altos de Lircay on time to start hiking the same day if you leave on the 7 am bus from Talca. They give you a paper at the park ranger’s office and I was asked for it 3 times by different rangers throughout my trip. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Walked from Altos de Lircay to Valle el Venado with a side trip to see the waterfall. Met a group on horses. A few river fords that were all below knee level. Got to the campsite at Valley el Venado which wasn’t very nice. Horse poop everywhere, had to clear the spot for a tent. No one asked to check if I paid for the campsite. The group on horses camped somewhere up the valley from the refugio as I heard them and saw some come down to use the bathroom.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: I did the 3 fords of river Blanquillo as suggested on the GPS track. The first one is at the spot where river is widest, so it was only knee deep. On the second ford, it’s narrower and the current was strong, it was crotch deep for me (178 cm). Third ford knee deep. In hindsight I should’ve just stayed on the left side of the river and only crossed it once in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was a very short day, 10 km, but I thought it would be nice to arrive at Blanquillo refugio early in case Umberto was there. However, when I got there, the refugio was empty, and I couldn’t find any hot springs. I don’t think the bathing pool is there anymore. I scouted around for half an hour and only saw horse and cow poop in every little stream and pool of water. I followed one of the streams about 100 m uphill to get clean drinking water but I still saw poop on the banks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Umberto wasn’t there, I cooked dinner by the refugio and kept going to the Descabezado basecamp (-35.59773, -70.79645) 3.4 km further and 600 m of elevation higher up from the Banquillo refugio, which made the next day’s climb up the volcano shorter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sunset at the Descabezado basecamp was out of this world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: I left from basecamp at sunrise since I didn’t want to walk in the dark. I had to cross a few not steep snow fields at the beginning but nothing at higher elevations. Every snow field higher up is easily bypass-able. That said, the climb up to the crater still felt brutal to me. There’s absolutely no sure footing, everything is just a scree slope. When ascending, you can either climb up the 45 degree scree slope or try to walk on the rocks which are easier to plant your foot on. I chose the rocks but they too were sliding sometimes, even large boulders, so I had to be careful not to let a giant rock fall directly on my other foot. It took me 4.5 hours to reach the crater from the basecamp following the less steep option 3. It was very windy, cold, and the sun was shining directly in my face early in the morning as I was climbing up the volcano so it was a little difficult to see the path sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the way down, I saw my tent and was trying to slide down the scree slope directly towards the basecamp roughly following the steep option 3A. Going down was actually really fun and effortless. But be careful and still check GPS regularly when you descend, as there are some scree slopes that end directly in a vertical plunge down to the ice field below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I refilled my water bottles with ice cold water flowing from the snow field here (-35.60455, -70.78525), using my trowel as a spout. I’m glad I did because when I got back to basecamp, the water I stashed there in the morning was as warm as a hot soup after baking in the tent in direct sunlight all day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was considering staying at basecamp location for another night because it’s such a visually stunning spot with gorgeous sunsets and incredible stars at night, but it was just way too hot to remain there so I packed up and went back down to Banquillo refugio. Unfortunately, Umberto was still not there so I just enjoyed the company of cows and went to sleep. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: I went north in the white sand dunes following Banquillo river which nurtures a breathtaking oasis in the desert. I thought this area was way more beautiful than the Banquillo refugio (especially with all the cow poop there) so I wished I kept going a little further the previous night and set up camp somewhere by the river in this area (-35.53354, -70.79191). Disclaimer: I didn’t actually look for a spot that was flat and sheltered but that whole area just felt like a paradise so I think one could find a suitable spot for a tent there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Right at the fork of the trails where one can choose to take Option 1 or continue on RR to Termas del Azufre, I ran into arrieros transporting hundreds of goats through the snow-covered slopes, it was a beautiful scene and a blessing for me as their footprints helped me find a safe way in some semi-steep snow sections I had to cross after 2400 m. I chose to follow Option 1 to El Bolson because the RR on the right at the fork looked like it had loads of snow still. Even on Option 1, I had to be careful and kick-step my way through the snow fields as I had no crampons and my trail runners had virtually no tread left on them after being ground on the volcanic rocks and sand the previous couple of days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One particularly dangerous spot is here (-35.51932, -70.82684) just after Laguna Manantial Pelado. It’s a big snow field that started melting and formed a lake that’s not on the map. It was breathtakingly beautiful going west, but if you were coming from the other direction you could not see the collapse of the snow field until it’s too late and you’re on the edge, so stick to the trail and walk on the side of the valley in that spot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I got to El Bolson just before sunset. It was surprisingly a beautiful and scenic campground and not too crowded on a Monday night. I spoke a few words to the people in the refugio, they just told me to set up my tent and didn’t ask to pay for camping. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Bolson, I met a group of Chilean students from Talca who spoke really good English and we had a lot of fun eating dinner together, smoking weed and going to swim in the nearby waterfall the next morning. There are trails going down the cliff to the swimming pools here (-35.49801, -70.90767). It’s a really pristine swimming spot, just be careful and don’t get too close to the waterfalls as we heard there was an accident the previous night where a rock fell off and pushed a person over the edge of the waterfall so they plunged down into a pool below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 6: Hiked from Bolson to Parque Ingles entrance, where the ranger once again asked for my paper registration from Altos de Lircay documenting my trip. The shops at Parque Ingles are really tiny and would not be sufficient for another section resupply in my opinion, I just bought some fresh fruit and hitched a 3 KM ride to Siete Tazas. By the time I got there (19:00) all the trails were closed and the ranger told me to go find camping at Valley de las Catas. It was 13k CLP (ouch) for 1 night camping with inclusion of the ticket for a 3-km loop on the southern bank of river Claro to see Siete Tazas. The campground had a hot shower which was very welcomed, but otherwise I think Siete Tazas was not worth it and I wish I spent my last day attempting to hike up to Laguna de las Animas instead. Though I don’t know if it would even be possible as the entire rim of the mountain seemed snow covered so there must’ve still been a very steep, yet short, snow field one would need to cross to get over the pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 7: I took a morning walk out of the campground and caught a 11:30 bus back to Molina, then a bus from Molina to Santiago for a flight home the next day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024 Jan 07 / 4.5 days / SOBO / RR / Anh'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are many good reports, so I'll keep it short.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With my information, I could simply walk from Parque Inglés without registration. But I want to hike legal &amp;amp; support Conaf. So I had to register and pay online (not in cash at other national parks) with my conaf account, then offline paper formular. Fortunately, the 2nd payment for Campsite El Bolsón (compulsory) was in cash (200m from Conaf). It had taken me more than an hour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a lot of hiking in volcanic sand (rough, fine).&lt;br /&gt;
At this time there are still many snowfields from 2000 Hm upwards. There are streams under the snowfields, some of which only have a thin layer of snow (danger of collapse).&lt;br /&gt;
Ford km 29.4 is quite critical (hip, strong flow in the morning)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I met two boys at Refugio Blanquillo. They had been hiking for two days on a different route (no RR GPT06) with a text description from the internet (no hiking map/GPS track). They learned &amp;amp; understood that it was very dangerous and could get lost at any time. Luckily they met a hiker with GPS &amp;amp; inReach, otherwise I would have taken them with me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Jan-03 to 2024-Jan-08 / 6 days / Hiking / round trip anticlockwise / O5 - O3 - RR - O1 - O1c (Condor Circuit) / Lotti and Alex'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Originally we wanted to do the Cóndor Circuit, but after we read about the troubles some of you had, we decided to take the safer option 1 to avoid the snow and landslide above Termas de Azufre. This route felt very safe and the snow was not a problem at all. We ended up with a beautiful round trip from Altos de Lircay to Valle Venado, then to the summit of Descabezado, then Valle del Indio and back to Altos de Lircay. The landscape is incredibly beautiful and diverse, and we enjoyed it a lot. The scariest part for us was fording the Rio Blanquillo on day 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: Altos de Lircay - Valle Venado on option 5 (Sendero de Chile) &lt;br /&gt;
We stayed at Hotel Picamaderos in Altos de Lircay, which is a very nice and relaxed place right next to the park entrance of Altos de Lircay. To enter the park we had to show the CONAF officers the WhatsApp message that Victor send us as a permission for entering his land at Refugio Blanquillo. &lt;br /&gt;
The hike through the forest was very nice and shady and we enjoyed the view from the mirador where we got a nice overview of our route for the next days. Crossing Rio Claro was easy, not deeper than knee deep. We camped in a shady spot next to Valle Venado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: Valle Venado - Refugio Blanquillo - Descabezado base camp (option 5 and option 3) &lt;br /&gt;
Easy walking until Laguna el Blanquillo which was really beautiful. After that the path crosses Rio Blanquillo several times. We tried to avoid it at first because it looked quite intimidating, so we followed some stone men to climb around and walk higher up the valley. When it was not avoidable any more, we forded it. For me, with just 152cm of height, it was intimidatingly deep (almost to the hip) and it had really strong currents. Alex had to help me across, and with him walking in front of me, it worked. We arrived at an empty Refugio Blanquillo, picked up some water there and walked up to  Descabezado base camp which has no water. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: Descabezado Summit&lt;br /&gt;
We left the base camp early at 6:00 and took the southern option 3 trail which was well marked by stone men at the beginning. We used our crampons to climb up some ice fields effectively, but I think they could have been bypassed as well. On the way down we took the steeper option 3A sliding down on soft pumice stones which was a lot of fun. We picked up our tent, walked back down and set up our camp at Refugio Blanquillo. There we searched a while for the hot springs, but couldn't find them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Refugio Blanquillo - Valle del Indio (RR and option 1 NOBO)&lt;br /&gt;
We walked on the regular route for about 8 km until the junction where we changed to option 1. After that we crossed several smaller streams that were not on our map. Snow started around 2300m, but it was easy to walk on and we didn't need our crampons. Laguna Manantial Pelado was incredibly beautiful with its icy shores. There were some camp spots there, but it was much too windy for us to stay there for the night. We kept walking over the pass and down the valley until we found a shady spot in the middle of the valley floor of Valle del Indio. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: Valle del Indio - Altos de Lircay (Option 1C)&lt;br /&gt;
After the wild vulcanic landscapes of the days before, this day's scenery was not as spectacular, but the hiking was easy and we even met some wild horses. We camped at Punta 6 inside the park Altos de Lircay, where we found a camping spot right next to a very nice swimming hole in the river and met the first people after 5 days of loneliness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 6: Altos de Lircay - park entrance&lt;br /&gt;
Easy walking in the shade of the forest. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Dec-29 to 2024-Jan-3 / 6 days / NOBO / Variant 5+3+RR+GPT05(VarG+RR)+RR / Matthias + Johanna '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route:&lt;br /&gt;
Basically the route is the Condor Circuit: Reserva Nacional Altos de Lircay - Descabezado Grande - PN Siete Tazas. &lt;br /&gt;
We bypassed the part from km 19.4 (Termas) to km 27.4 (pass Portezuelo Las Cruces) via GPT05(VarG+RR) due to the reports of Lilian and Michael &amp;amp; Cassia. By the time we started our tour, Michael had written only a much less intimidating post on the Facebook group (only indicating difficult route conditions). So it was a lucky ad-hoc decision after the difficult descent from pass La Calle the day before not to try their route!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The conditions: &lt;br /&gt;
Snow +- above 2250m, rivers below snow-filled watersheds with high water levels! Overall quite demanding to us!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1+2: Easy walking from park entrance (Lircay) to Vegas Blanquillo („basecamp“ Descabezado).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: Ascent to Descabezado &lt;br /&gt;
Easier than expected but tedious above 3400m due to volcanic ash and steepness. Snowfields below 3400m can be bypassed or safely crossed (surface like a mogul piste). The steep snowfields above can by bypassed. We climbed the right (southern) „couloirs“ on the right margin (beneath the red rock), loose rocks are the main difficulty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: Vegas Blanquillo - Termas Azufre&lt;br /&gt;
About 5 km on snow. Some short steep snow passages, soft snow on snow bridges. High water levels.&lt;br /&gt;
Easy walking until a height of ca. 2550 (km 32.5) when going down into the valley of Estero Volcán. Next 250hm downhill tricky as while we tried to avoid the quite steep snow on the slopes, we faced the difficulty of avoiding unstable snow bridges in the valley floor. We were happy to have our microspikes with us! Also parts of the summer path seemed to be washed away (around km 30.5) as seen from afar. Forded the river ca. 500m upstream of the place indicated on the track files  (50m south of the now collapsed snow bridge of Lilian). Strong current, water up to mid of thighs. Additional fording of the (today roaring) creek coming down from Cerro Colorado (km28.5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5: Termas Azufre - Valle del Indio: Difficult fordings &lt;br /&gt;
Trail washed away ca. 1 km after Termas. We went up 100 hm to bypass (possibly you could also bypass by descending ca. 50 hm).&lt;br /&gt;
Edgy fording of Estero Volcán at ca. 35°28'56&amp;quot;S 70°46'13&amp;quot;W. Strong current, water up to lower waist on the far side for me (188cm) and up to upper waist for Johanna (163cm). I could give her a hold from a rock there! Then ca. 500m north 2 easier fordings back to the western side of the there split river. &lt;br /&gt;
We did not stick to RR here (we did not divert from path at „trailhead“), as there was no possible crossing of the river visible and the path seems to be very difficult with large loose rocks and steep slopes). But possibly one could avoid the two fordings by RR and then climbing the rocks near the riverbed.&lt;br /&gt;
There are no further fordings of Estero Volcán (km 24.6) as river is flowing on the eastern side of the valley this season.&lt;br /&gt;
Loose volcanic ash on parts of the ascent to pass Portozuelo Las Cruzes. Snowfields easy (could be bypassed or safely crossed on the afternoon of the hot day). Laguna Las Animas partly ice-covered, we swam next to the ice :-)&lt;br /&gt;
After the pass going down to Valle del Indio there is steep snowfields (former wedges) on most of the rim.  Only 4-5 m, but even with microspikes it was too dangerous for us. You can bypass snow by walking some meters to the right (west) from the pass and walking/climbing down the rock pillar (solid).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 6: Easy walk down to Park entrance Parque Ingles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camp sites: Valle Venado - Vegas Blanquillo (Descabezado basecamp) 2 nights - 500m north and 50 m uphill of Termas - valleyfloor Valle los Indios&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basecamp Descabezado - Right of way:&lt;br /&gt;
No access given to hikers without a guide to cross the NP to Descabezado. We chose to hire a local arriero who accompanied us the first three days (Pancho 997635447), who got a permission to camp from the land owner in advance. Even though he is a local and has his own cows feeding up there, he had to discuss at the three „checkpoints“ at park entrance, as he had no written prove with him.&lt;br /&gt;
The man living at the basecamp was not there in the end, selling some cows in the valley ! &lt;br /&gt;
Nice swimming pool with tepid water 5m north of camping site, for drinking water go the long way round the swampy valley to a source on the other side ca. 20m west of the hut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Dec-19 to 2024-Dec-25/ 5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR/ Michael and Kasia '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1&lt;br /&gt;
We had camped at Rocas Basalticas campground the night before. When we arrived at the gate they asked to see our permission to camp at Bolson. We didn't know that that was required and spent some time going back and forth with them. We finally went to Rocas Basalticas down the road and got them permission to camp at Bolson and they finally let us in.  The walk up is pretty, all the snow is gone. All fords are easy. There were a few tábanos, but not many. CONAF did a reroute on a small section of the trail higher up. If you're watching GPS you go off the route, but just follow the sign to Bolson and it goes there. Campground has water and toilets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2&lt;br /&gt;
We hiked up through Valle del Indio. The route is a little tricky to find and we were moving slow so getting a lot of meander in the GPS marker. Looking for cairns was helpful. Two thirds of the way up there was still snow. By that time it was slushy. We had opted not to buy crampons at the last minute, so we made our way across kicking into the snow. The last 15 m to the pass was an almost straight up in snow. After the pass there was very little snow until the rise up to Laguna de las Ánimas. After that it was a complete snow field and the lake was frozen. We managed to kick out a pad for the tent and camped in the snow. Really beautiful sky that night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3&lt;br /&gt;
A long day with very little distance covered. Full sun, we both got sunburns despite sunscreen and covering. The snow was heavily pockmarked so it was hard to walk through. It took much longer than we anticipated. We ended up camping just below the pass. We were concerned about wind, so we tied the tent down really well. Fortunately it was a calm night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4&lt;br /&gt;
We continued on RR. There were several steep ups and downs, mostly on snow, as well as some intimidating traverses. The snow was getting to the point where we were a little uncertain if it would hold or not. We saw a single set of tracks, assume it was Lillian as it looks like she was a day or two ahead of us.  2 km before Termales Azufre we crossed a very steep section of snow. On the way down Kasia fell and hit some small rocks. She got some bruises and cuts, but nothing broken. I tried to slide with the backpack off and in front of me, but I fell too and the bag started tumbling down a steep sandy slope. I chased the bag, fell and rolled twice, and finally managed to jump and tackle the bag about 5 m before it went over the edge.  It was a dangerous move, but I had not had a chance to take the GPS off the bag before it started sliding, and without it we couldn't get out and couldn't call for help.  It was a long hike back up due to the incline and sand. We made it a little further and then ran into an area of trail wiped out by a landslide where it was impossible to get footing, even without the packs. Every step would cause more sand and rocks to slide down. It was about 18:30 at that point. We backtracked about 100 m to a gap between a snow wall and a large rock and set up a provisional shelter for the night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5&lt;br /&gt;
After waking up the next day, we tried to see if rest and fresh eyes would give us a better perspective. After discussing it we realized that there was really no way forward or back. We decided it only option was to use the SOS button on the Garmin. I pushed the button at 10:00, and by 16:00 there was a helicopter flying through the valley looking for us. I was surprised that it happened so quickly. They had to land in the valley, and since we could not get ourselves down, they sent a GOPE team of three guys up and the helicopter left for the night. It took them about an hour to get up to us, and then another two hours to do enough provisional maintenance on the trail for us to get down. We camped with them in the valley for the night and the helicopter came to get us in the morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Dec-25 to 2023-Dec-26/ 2 days / Hiking / NOBO / off RR / Jens, Nolwenn, Yannick'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the Hydroelectrico Los Cipreses you need a permit, which we did not get in advance. The guard at the gate said we could get it by emailing his boss. &lt;br /&gt;
As it was Christmas Day, it was not possible to get the permit. &lt;br /&gt;
The guard told us to take a route along the perimeter fence. We did that until we couldn't get further. We entered the compound through a hole in the fence and walked to the end of the road on the right side of the river. The bridge on the map is destroyed. The current was too strong to cross. Turned around and went back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Dec-18 to 2023-Dec-21 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR+{06-D}  / Lilian'''&lt;br /&gt;
It is the most amazing section from GPT01 to here so far!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I hiked RR, it is still covered by tons of snow, i recommend use ice axe and micro spikes if you want to hike from Portezuelo Las Cruces(pass) to El Estadio(pass), there is some really steep snow slope.  (RR-TL-V)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parque Ingles have a restaurant and a tiny store selling food, fruits, drinks and some 230g gas canisters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I hopped the gate to the park at 6:30. No one was there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 3 main pass for RR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First pass, snow start at km14.3(2050m), not difficult for climbing up to pass[15.4/2257].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laguna Las Animas(lake)[16.7/2286] is still frozen, very beautiful. I climbed up on some rocks at the north side of the lake, then mostly choose my own way to climb up to pass, because RR look steep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arrive the pass[19.4/2547], if you are not comfortable with snow, it is the LAST CHANCE to turn back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pass is flat and dry, you can camping here but windy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no RR after the pass because covered by many snow, find a way go down to valley by snow slope, then walk all the way on snow to km20.2, you can see the trail but on the other side at km20.2, steep go down the snow slope then connect to RR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the trail about 5min, you will go into a big valley, trail and the whole valley covered by snow, but you can see a trail is at the far away other side of valley.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go your own way to water[22.0/2279], i think it is lot ways to go down, but dont too close to cliff side, it is steep and easily to fall off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you arrive water[22.0/2279], then straight forward to km22.6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large flat area can fit lot of tents at the downhill side of km22.6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After km22.6, the most dangerous part begins, from here to km26, lot of steep snow slope you need to cross, be careful, kick step and don't slide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Km26 is another large flat area for camping, i camped here with nice sunrise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Snow continues to km26.6, but easy way. The first pass's snow end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the second pass, snow start at ford[29.4/2190], strong flow and look like up to thighs, i cross it on snow bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stay on east side until km31.25, then stay down walking in the valley, easier than on the slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although full of snow, but I think it is easy to go to the pass[33.8/2695] from here, so i dont mention the details. It is also easy to go down, most of them are gentle slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Snow end at km41.4, but mostly you can find some flat sandy spot start at km39.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hot spring[45.6/1881] : completely dry. Some camping spots with rock wall nearby.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Water,camp[48.1/1837] : amazing oasis in desert! Clear and cold water, some shade, also lot of swallows flying in the sky catching some food for their kid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Km49.1 - km49.8 : best view point of Volcán Descabezado Grande and Volcán Azul! If you want to camp with stunning views, bring water at oasis then climb up here, lot of sandy spots beside some rocks, enjoy you sleep with volcano.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Km53.2 - km54.7 : Laguna del Caracol(lake), maybe because too much snow melts? Trail underwater, you need to walk in the lake shore for a while.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camp[56.3/2034] : oasis again! Crystal clear and cold water! It is possible to cut off from km56 to x[57.3/2073] directly, stream flowing slow and up to knee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third pass, steep climb up to km57.9, if you follow RR, then you will turn right and face some steep snow climbing up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you look up at left side, there is some foot steps straight climb up on a dry slope, which is no snow but looses sand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I go for the left one to the pass, ok but steep and really tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the snow is after pass, from pass[59.3/2518] to km61.5, first go to east side go around the snow, then you will find a trail, follow it a little then go your own way in snow valley. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I follow RR, mostly easy to go down until km61.5, a steep slope. I don't want to take the risk, so i crossed a snow bridge to a sandy slope at south side. Go down the slope and rejoin RR about km62.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ford[63.4/1909] : i crossed the river before a huge rock, below knee at morning. The huge rock also provide some wind protection, i saw some camping trace beside it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Volcán Los Hornitos : km65.3, {06-D}, just beside RR, no need CC, a trail leads you to the top, just climb up 70m! Go for it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly with no luck, i saw a car going down just 10min before i arrived the road, then no more cars, so i walk all the way to Los Cipreses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Met a super friendly worker at Los Cipreses, he give me some cherry to eat and a ride to Los Alamos. A tiny shop there , if you are not picky, a little pricey but enough food resupply for 1 people six days. It have a sign &amp;quot;Almacen&amp;quot; at its front gate. You can ask locals where it is, i saw many workers go to there buy things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-dec-3/ 4 days / hiking / SOBO / RR &amp;amp; 6 option 1 / Lukas en Tess'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As this was our first section on the GPT and there still was a lot of snow in the mountains we decided to play it safe and folow option 1 from el Bolsón. It is less steep and less long above the snoweline about 2000m at the time. It went great but Tess burned her eyes so good sunglasses are definetly a must when hiking in the snow. From there we continued the RR at Laguna del Caracol we had to walk in the lake on the edge, no idea if that's normal but it was funny. The next and final big obstacle was the pass on k59 we decided to try and bypass it because it looked very steep with a lot of snow and ice and Tess with her burning eyes had a hard time looking at any snow at her feet. So we went up right next to it (north). Realy though rock scrambling but we managed. Going down the next valley was okay with the snow but crossing rivers covered in snow is tricky so try to avoid it. Walking into los Cipreces we were told we were not supposed to be there but still we had lunch in the cafeteria and they fixed a ride to bring us to the road, realy nice people there. From there we hitchhiked to el colorado where we stayed for two days to let Tess' eyes heal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Mar-14 to 2023-Mar-19 / 5 days / Hiking / SOBO / Parque Ingles - Los Cipreses / Noemie'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parque Inglés - El Bolsón - Termas de Azufre - Blanquillo - Laguna Hornitos - Los Cipreses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First try on the GPT and amazing section to start. There were buses from Molina at 10am and 5pm going to Parque Ingles. You must arrive there before 1pm and buy an entrance for El Bolson (with camping) to enter the Park. It's also possible to camp in Parque Ingles (7.000 CLP/night). When I entered, CONAF asked me where I was going, if I had a GPS, and gave me some kind of permit to show in Los Cipreses. I wasn't asked to show it when I arrived there though. &lt;br /&gt;
Landscapes and panoramas were extremely beautiful and very impressive. There was still water in all marked points and fords were easy to cross. Trail is easy to follow almost everywhere, except after Termas de Azufre (be careful to look for the right pools on the map and do not go up too much, I ended up in a place with almost boiling water). The whole section is full of beautiful sand dunes, so gaiters were extremely useful. In Blanquillo, you are supposed to get an authorization from the dueño to stay there, but it looks like it is not really enforced. I spent a day in Blanquillo to rest, drink maté and learn how to make sopaipillas with Umberto. I hitchhiked from Los Cipreses to San Clemente (one hostel, two supermarkets, decent to resupply) so I can't comment on the bus schedule. However, to come back to Los Cipreses/Termas del Médano, be aware that there is now only a bus leaving at 3pm from Talca, going up until La Mina. I took a small bus to Colorado on morning (every 45 min.) and hitchhiked easily back until Laguna del Maule for GPT 07.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Mar-21 to 2023-Mar-25 / 5 days / Hiking / NOBO / Vilches — Volcan – Parque Ingles / Iris, Alexis '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our last section on the GPT for this year! We started in Vilches Alto with the option 06-05 because we rented horses with the arriero Jose Lopez. The beginning is placed in the Reserva Nacional Altos de Lircay, which requires a permit to go until the Volcan. The entrance fee is also 7k pp. We finished our first day at Camp, CONAF {06-05} [10.2/1158]. I believe we mostly followed the GPS track. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the second day, we continued with the horses until Hot Spring {06} [45.6/1881] (Banos del Blanquillo) still following the track. We then were disappointed because the arriero left us here whereas our agreement (clearly stated by messages before the rent) was to climb the volcano with the horses (it turns to be not possible, too steep).&lt;br /&gt;
Thankfully, we had an excess day of food so we could attempt the climb the next day. We also met Umberto, the guy staying in the refugio, who was extremely friendly. He told us to start the volcano climb early in the night to avoid heavy winds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Day 3, we started the ascent at 2am with our headlights. 6h30 later we were on the top, with the morning lights rewarding us and stunning landscape. The ascent was extremely tiresome  (sand material), as always with volcanos, and it was very cold but the crater and the views were very worth it. After a breakfast at the top, the descent, mostly running, took us about 2h. We rested for the rest of day at Banos del Blanquillo and even got a sopapilla making class with Umberto.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Day 4, we followed the RR in the beautiful Descabezado landscape. Expect no shade but stunning dunes of white sand. There is plenty of water during the day because you will cross at least 2 rivers that were not dry this late in the season. The trail is easy to follow (because that is the only one) and is also part of the Circuit of the Condores. However, after Ford {06} [29.4/2190], you have about a dozen of options and the navigation until Hot Spring {06} [27.4/1986] (Hot Sping del Azufre) is more challenging. We decided to ignore the GPS and follow our instinct - just aim for the fumerolles. There you can enjoy a hot bath in one of the three hot natural pools (along some weird soft alguees). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Day 5, we simply followed the RR until Parque Ingles. The trail is well marked until the end, you just have to enjoy multiple highlights in the landscape. Of note, when reaching El Bolsón, the CONAF ranger forbid us to bath in the pools because it was too late (3PM) and told us to leave the park before 5:30. He was not friendly and also checked the entrance tickets of Livan Ray. We got extremely lucky and caught a bus leaving Parque Ingles when we reached it (it leaves at 5:00).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This hike concludes our GPT adventure. We loved to start it riding horses to feel a bit more like the trails main user. The final day hiking and the volcano ascent were astonishing, truly one of (or even the) best section of our GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Feb-03 to 2023-Feb-08 / 6 days/ Hiking / SOBO / RR + Descabezado / Louis, Rémi &amp;amp; Noé'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our first trip on the GPT, plenty of water, we didnt carry more than 1.5L each. Here is our trip :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 - Laguna Las Animas - 18km - +1200m/-100m&lt;br /&gt;
We entered the parc illegally at 7:30 in the morning as some others hikers have done reading the wiki. We did this because the parc was full for the next 3 days. I can only advise you to book in advance on internet (conaf). We slept at a camping in front of the entrance for 7k CLP per person. Plenty of buses goes up there from Molina in 2 hours. At least a dozen. Same for going back. If you buy your ticket online : if you sleep at El Bolson, you can enter the park until 3pm, if you go further with only the El Bolson ticket, you can entered until 11am only!&lt;br /&gt;
So, we hiked until the Laguna las Animas, a rather long day for the first one.&lt;br /&gt;
The camp on the beach was quite windy too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2 - Termas de Azufre - 11km - +400m/-700m&lt;br /&gt;
A short day, nice to enjoy the hot springs in the afternoon. The pass in the morning was very windy too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3 - Refugio El Blanquillo - 20km - +800m/-900m&lt;br /&gt;
A long but beautiful day. Leave early the camp to avoid hot temperatures while ascending the pass. Well welcomed by the arrierio Umberto ! Very kind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4 - Volcan Descabezado Grande - 16km - +2000m/-2000m&lt;br /&gt;
We did the ascent without our bags, we went back to our camp in the night. It's long and hard. According to Umberto, 12h are needed in total, we did in 10h. Same, Leave early to avoid hot temperatures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5 - Laguna los Hornitos - 20km - +900m/-900m&lt;br /&gt;
Another nice day, passing next to Laguna Caracol. The descent from the pass is a bit annoying if you didnt follow the track (as we did). So, advice : follow the RR and go down on your right. The Laguna is very dry, just enough to have a bath. Hard to maintain the pitch of the tent in the dry dirt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 6 - Los Cipreses - 15km - +100m/-1000m&lt;br /&gt;
Last short day to end this beautiful section. The gravel road is a bit boring but passing pickup are proposing you to get you down to the main road. Here, only one bus at 7am. And a little shop selling ice cream, chips and drinks. We hitchiked to El Colorado where plenty of buses are going down to Talca for 2 000 CLP (+ 400 CLP per bag)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Jan-24 to 2023-Jan-30/ 7 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + Descabezado / Martial'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First trip 6 days on GPT being a wonderfully intense experience ! Lunar landscapes, silent and remote, few but great people. No particular difficulty.&lt;br /&gt;
Started park ingles with a mandatory 7000peso night at quiet camping near the river and bought ticket for Bolsón overnight 8$. Finally did not stay at Bolson a half day walk from entrance and camped in Laguna de las Animas instead. Great spot for Condors watching. After that follow Will’s advice and put on your mandatory gaiters till the end of the section ! + Walking on sand can be tough for the ankle. Don’t resist and don’t do too much !! Learned it the painfull way.. Trail visible but don’t get confused at termas Azufres especially if you try the (very) hot pools ! RR way is up the valley. Camp with water possible before the pass. The way down called « la Calle » is beautifull sandy dune remote desert. Exceptional. Aimed for Blanquillo refugio aka best basecamp for Descabezado intent. Meet Umberto the arriero at the hut and ask him where the termal pool and the drinking water are. He may be offended if you don’t show up and is a nice generous guy ! Also had a Chilean horse riding group intended the Descabezado so were a nice bunch by the camp fire. As weather window was fine, I decided to try a high camp in order to preserve weak foot from a very long ascent  (10h). Took plenty of water as they are only glaciar dirty patches up there and  aimed for Descabezado to Cerra Azul osm trail just as Nat and Tomas did (so i could have a chance to summit both also). Finally chose not to cross the nasty glaciar but found a very well sheltered highcamp here (-35.60569, -70.76147). Incredible sunset ! Not advisable in case of rain coming (a storm was growing in Argentina so stayed prepared for an emergency descent). Next day summited Descabezado at 11AM with no wind ideal conditions. Dive your front foot flat in sand just like snow climb when it gets to steep ! Nice ski descent sensations straight to the termas for a well deserved rest at the termas ! Also met Carlos a local climbing half way up so we would share joy later at the camp :).&lt;br /&gt;
Exit through RR is also nice but regreted haven’t camped here (-35.67102, -70.83649) for there was some playfull trouts to catch with my survival fishing kit !&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful view from the pass to sandyland and then landscape changes and recommend OH variant C descending (less overgrown). Trail not so visible till laguna los hornos witch i climbed volcano to enjoy the crater caldera. After that descent to los Cipreses is kind of boring and hot so was definitely happy to find a camping by the bridge after the gate with lovely Victorina and her family here (-35.81524, -70.83224). They have been incredibly carring, fed me and brought me to the termas caves (also worth it) in El Medano !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Jan-16 to 2023-Jan-25 / 10 days / Hiking / NOBO / Descabezado Circuit variant: OH 06-02 &amp;amp; 06-03 Laguna Maule to Vilches w/ volcans / Natalie &amp;amp; Tomáš '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An extremely long description so my apologies but hopefully it will help someone. We Started in Laguna del Maule and ended in Vilches with inclusion of volcanoes Descabezado Grande, Azul, Descabezado Chico and Colorado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All fords super easy or jump-able. Only times water was scarce was Descabezado and Azul (technically there is melt water from glaciers at Azul), the afternoon around Descanezado Chico and also water was scarce around the Laguna Acquas Calientes because I would not trust drinking that water (some springs are cold water though). Weather turned bad only once while we were climbing Azul, the change happened rapidly and we went from blue skies to total white out (~10m or less visibility) within an hour. Other than that weather was amazing, a little cold at night and a little warm in the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Happy we started in Laguna del Maule and finished in Vilches. This saved elevation gain and let us decide whether or not we had enough food in the end to climb Descabezado, Azul, Chico and for Tomáš Colorado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1.&lt;br /&gt;
Starting in Talca, due to a certain someone (me) I accidentally sent Tomáš and I to Molina on a bus instead of &amp;quot;La Mina&amp;quot;, so our day was very messed up, but we still managed to take a bus to Colorado and hitchhike to the start of this route. Buses from Talca to la Mina go at: 7:00am, 1:00pm (only to la Suiza), 3:00pm and 7:00pm. We took a bus to Colorado due to time and hitched the rest of the way. The last hitch was in a snowplow truck and he dropped us off miraculously at the start of the trail and before any customs or checks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OH-TL-V {06-02} (109.1). Straight away the trail is hard to see, do not take the road-looking trail on the side of the mountain because it ends, stick to the gps. However, soon we were walking on the correct route through the sand and down to a creek with fun boulders. Easy to follow.  After this first creek  we followed option OH-CC-A (06-02) {98} For only ~5km until making camp in -between a river and  canal with flowing water.  Bogs in this area slowed us down a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day2. &lt;br /&gt;
OH- {06-02} -[ (93) &amp;amp; (86) ]&lt;br /&gt;
This day seemed long, we crossed two passes, one small (-35.94909, -70.45347) and one much larger (-35.88855, -70.46776). I liked the entire area south of the second pass, many beautiful camp spots, water was available almost to the top of the pass and there is also a nice waterfall/swimming pool located roughly around (-35.90452, -70.45218). Trail to first pass was easy, but trail between first and second was much more cross country, there are many animal tracks, I followed the GPX and Tomáš followed a trail closer to the river and we both ended up at the same spot... After the second pass, the GPX goes cross-country right away, but one can follow a trail that goes left and later reconnects with GPX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the second pass, there is a small plateau and then it follows down a creek with water until you must cross an east hill and go towards your first mountain puesto to the east (noone home). There is only a little bit of water here, better water at the creek you came from and or a few creeks ahead. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the puesto (-35.86707, -70.47589), there is a good trail that traverses the slope ahead. We should have camped but we continued. There were a few nice creeks that we passed along the way. We were forced to make a &amp;quot;make-shift&amp;quot; camp before hitting a much nicer plateau because it was dark and I was not having a good day 😅. It is about 6 km between the puesto and the plateau.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3&lt;br /&gt;
OH {06-02} [78.6] + [75.7] + [63.6]&lt;br /&gt;
Easy day, only one small pass. There is an ex-carabiniero puesto at (-35.84277, -70.40285) and a highlight was two rivers, one at (-35.76317, -70.42051) and one river at (-35.74734, -70.45623). The GPX is marked as trail a bit further than the actual trail goes (the trail continues to a puesto down-river). You need to go down a ridge and ford the river, there were some footsteps that can be followed. We walked near {06-02E} along a river filled with sand and not great for drinking but there is a creek  that starts/ends here (-35.72759, -70.44125). We camped near this way point in the sand but it got windy at night, we wished we camped a bit further from the river in the little hills where it was considerably less windy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day4&lt;br /&gt;
OH {06-02} [59.6] + [29.1] + {06-02D}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This day we passed a large pass (-35.65200, -70.43356) via {06-02D}. This option was more direct and involved a very short and easy scramble onto a windy plateau. Surprisingly lots of water up towards the pass, last one being (-35.66343, -70.42666) , however the water available had a lot of sand in it, fyi. From camp we followed a cow trail until a lake like feature (-35.70057, -70.42733) and then went cross country. I hope my cairns marking the turn for {06-02D} survive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the pass the true Descabezado environment begins. We both made note of how terrible it would be to be on this plateau in bad weather, very open and CC. Next water source would be a couple of creeks here (-35.61215, -70.42156). From a break at this creek we ended up going straight down the creek bed. Kind of exhausting mentally and would not be possible in early season due to water levels but it shot us out directly in line for making a green camp here (-35.56164, -70.44009). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 05&lt;br /&gt;
OH {06-02} [29.1] + [20]&lt;br /&gt;
Laguna Aquas Calientes day. &lt;br /&gt;
An easy day with a lot of time spent at Aquas Caliente, true to the name. &lt;br /&gt;
Trail from camp was easy to follow until (-35.53519, -70.46551) and then it went CC to the Laguna. If shelter is needed in this open landscape, we found a rock shelter (agains wind, not rain) here (-35.51276, -70.51035). The creek feeding the Laguna was fabulously warm in places - either at the source of the creek  or at a spring on the right side about 100m upriver. Tomáš found the proper source of the spring here (-35.50395, -70.52347). It is easy to get sunburn while bathing mid-day though. There are some camping spots near the creek. After this Laguna there is a nasty and windy sand stretch until a creek located here (-35.48980, -70.57667). On this stretch I chose not to follow the sand but detoured on more solid ground to the east (-35.48839, -70.56200) and was glad I did. Later on we found snow melt here (-35.48544, -70.59940) and loaded all the water we would need for night/morning and exploring Descabozado Chico the next day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 06&lt;br /&gt;
OH {06-02} [20] + {06-02C Chico} + [4.5]&lt;br /&gt;
Descabozado Chico + Vulcan Colorado (Tomáš)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Went up and around the crater of Descabozado Chico in the morning which I highly recommend. The crater is easy to walk around and gives an amazing 360 experience. The climb up is tedious but non-dangerous scree that makes for a super fast decent. Make sure you have enough water because water is scarce there. I saw a waterfall on the NE side the lake but did not go to it, Tomáš got water somewhere off trail around here (-35.51226, -70.65626) and I drank out of the next lake -35.52036, -70.65873 (questionable, but nothing happened to me). &lt;br /&gt;
From the lake the next pass begins and I stupidly made Tomáš and I carry 5L of water up it because I did not think there would be water on the south side (both of us overlooking the river indicated on the map)...I was wrong, no water high up but lots of water down low. For the pass we opted not to follow the route because it was thick steep sand so we instead climbed a more solid ridge here (-35.52506, -70.66854). Tomáš went to continue up Vulcan Colorado and I boringly traversed to the normal pass and enjoyed a very fun sand ski down the south side. The Vulcan is a steep but not technical hike up, the crater can be walked around with a steep but fun sand descent on the other side in SW direction. This pass would be very tiresome climbing up due to sand. If you are coming from the opposite direction and do not trust the lagoon water, then you should aim for (-35.51226, -70.65626) or bring water.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everything this day was CC. I found it to be the hardest day navigation-wise but still not troublesome. We finished the day in a nice valley before the next day's climb here (-35.55427, -70.70793). The water around this area is a bit sandy but better further up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 07 &lt;br /&gt;
Last pass and New route possibly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From camp a trail existed to the pass at -35.55228, -70.73791. There was a little bit of snow at the top but since there were already steps made, it was zero problem. Lots of water on the SE of this pass but only a trickle of water on the NW side at -35.54575, -70.75672. This water trickle point is where we left the trail to make a short cut to Descabezado. To our surprise our route worked and in 4hrs we were making a camp at 2630m next to the approach trail to Descabezado, therefore saving a lot of time, distance and elevation. In our route there was only one difficulty and that was a deep gorge and creek &amp;quot;jump&amp;quot; at -35.57904, -70.77929. Personally I would not recommend this in early season because the consequence of falling in the river might take you down a waterfall and the traverse may otherwise be nasty if there are still snowfields around altitude 2700m. The gorge is fed by the glacier in the crater of Descabezado so in the morning, it should be better but the water is very dirty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I drew the route on my photos of the pass if anyone wants them. Otherwise here is my description of our route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the small trickle creek at -35.54575, -70.75672 head SW up the creek bed in the direction of this easy pass -35.55513, -70.76977. Nearby spots would work too except for the pass directly above the creek bed, the other side of that one had snow and rocks. After this pass I believe it is easiest to just go straight down and up like a half pipe rather than trying to traverse and keep elevation, we aimed for a middle looking plateau on the other side, this middle plateau took us to the proper crossing of the gorge here, -35.57923, -70.77864 (más o menos). We jumped the gorge and climbed easily up the other side although the other side looks like a scramble, it was actually just walking. We travesed at this altitude for a little longer (although I would suggest easier walking a little lower) until we made camp in a ravine very close to the Descabezado approach route. Our camp even had a small amount of flowing snow melt so it was heaven in my mind! (Camp with water; -35.59280, -70.78723). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 8&lt;br /&gt;
Descabezado &amp;amp; Azul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is turning into a novel so I will keep this short. We left our tent in place and set off early to do Descabezado and Azul as a day trip. Descabezado was straightforward, it seems the trail will change slightly every year depending on who makes the tracks (neither the route in OSM or GPT seem to follow the actual trail from about 2600 to 3300). If wanting to make the true summit, it looks like you have to go down into the crater, cross the glacier and approach it from the other side. Coming down Descabezado was very fast but we made a huge mistake and left the GPT trail to follow the other osm route that heads east then west called &amp;quot;Descabezado Grande - Quizapu - cerro Azul&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This route should be avoided [2024: Tomáš removed it from OSM] for many reasons apart from the fact that the other route is easier despite elevation gain (we took the other route back). This osm route took us here -35.61301, -70.75604 which was actually a glacier covered in sand with a small hanging glacier above causing a lot of rockfall. It was a very ugly place and we carefully got out of there and made or way to the proper route to Azul. Despite losing almost 2hours on an already tight day we continued (although I wasted an extra 30min due to making up my mind🙄). Once again on the way up to Azul, we did not follow the normal way but went to the east side of the crater of Azul where the bad osm route is. There were a foot print here and there but it was CC. The crater was amazing but too windy to enjoy much, we saw a few fumaroles. We continued CC to the base of Azul, a tiny bit of snow (or glacier remnants?) but posed no difficulties. The base of Azul is beautiful with melt water if needed. We followed the ridge to Azul, it was more involved than Descabezado but no more than a low 3rd class (it is a bit exposed and steep but almost exclusively hiking). There is an interesting summit tower on Azul but because of the wind and time we had no desire to stretch our limits. Weather moved in fast and before we were off the ridge of Azul, we were completely covered in a white out, maybe maximum 10m of visibility. Navigation was incredibly hard, but we took our chances and took the other (&amp;quot;valle&amp;quot;) OSM route down and luckily it was a very easy route and we were down below the clouds and able to see again. The rest of the night was CC back to our camp ~1030pm. It was a good day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From our camp in the ravine we headed CC and then onto the trail that lead to the puesto at basecamp Blancquillo and from then on we were on a good trail. While walking down we opted to stay in sandals and just walk in the river, it was refreshing.  We didn't have clean water until the valley bottom at the CONAF camp (valley El Venado) where there was also lots of pear trees and yellow plum-like trees. Many people there (first people seen). We made camp at the river before the pass (Mirador del Valle del Venado) but the walk from the CONAF camp until then was slower than expected because it was along a river bed with confusing tracks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good trail up and down from Mirador del Valle del Venado with lots of water and trees for shade. Took us almost half the time we thought it would take. Note that you cannot actually camp at campsites/resting areas on this trail after the Mirador. The CONAF guards asked us where we were coming from and when we said Laguna del Maule, he just sounded impressed and let us go on our way. There was a decent restaurant with empanadas, beer, etc. near the bus stop .  There was a posted schedule of the bus but it clearly did not follow this schedule so if you are there just ask the many locals around what time the bus comes, we caught the 1230 bus. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great trip, beautiful views and details and just the right amount of challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Jan-20 to 2023-Jan-23 / 3.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Ondrej '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I got to Parque Inglés from Santiago de Chile by taking a train to Curico (advice: if you want to travel by train, buy a ticket online at least 2 days in advance as it books out quickly). From Curico I took a blue collectivo to Molina and then a bus to Parque Ingles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the park entrance I was turned away by a CONAF officer because I bought a “day trip” ticket (El bolson - para día) and not the one with overnight camping. For the ticket I bought they allow entry only by 11:00am. I did not explain that I will continue beyond El Bolson - maybe I should have done that but did not want to get myself into more unnecessary discussions. CONAF said they cannot change my ticket to the “camping” type and when I tried to book the other one, it was booked out for the next two days, so the advice is book early and the right ticket type (el bolson - camping)!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I ended up camping at the Rocas Basilicas for the night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first hike day hopped the gate to the park at 7:00. No one was there so no issues. I hiked to Thermas de Azufre. It was a very long day. There is no shade at all after El Bolson. I made a provisional shade using my tent’s footprint during lunchbreaks. Once I arrived to the Azufre hotsprings, a few arrieros were there. I decided to camp further up the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the second day I hiked to Refugio Blanquillo, met a settler who resides there for three months each year (if I understood correctly). The scenery before the refugio was otherwoŕldy and beautiful. Gaiters, good hat, sunscreen and sunglasses were my most loved pieces of gear. I camped at the first “camp” waypoint after Refugio Blanquillo. Amazing place to camp (but no grass), with a good stream and even some small shade thanks to the bushes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My third day was quite straightforward, I made it almost to Los Cipresses but decided to camp close to the last “water” checkpoint, shortly before the gate with the guard. It was alright but I would recommend walking all the way to the shop and camp there for the night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the fourth day I walked through the gate with the security guard. I also met a number of the power station workers and all were friendly. We waved at each other. The guard at the gate was nice, took my passport number and name. Once at the shop I found it was closed (9am). I needed to get to El Medano to join GPT07 and decided to continue hiking through Los Alamos. It might have been to early (10am) as also the almacén in Los Alamos was closed. The road after Los Almacén was uneventful and a bit sketchy at places, so I forded the river at the “bridge” waypoint after Los Alamos to get to the main road and hitchike to El Medáno. Got a ride in approx 20 min. El Medáno is a great base - the thermals are nice and there is an electricity socket next to the toilets. They have shade for the tent too. There is also a restaurant with filling foods and a small shop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall a fantstic section but I wasn’t expecting the heat to be that oppresive!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-31 to 2023-Jan-3 / 5 day / Hiking / SOBO / RR / David and Erika'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get to TH Parque ingle before 1:00 pm, otherwise they close it for entrance.  We did get internet and got the correct CONAF ticket -the one heading to El Bolsón.  Once you get out of the park and into the Cuesta Las Anima, the wild parts begin.  Hope you got your dirty girl gaiters; cause you’re going to need them.  Sand city.  Gaiters worked great. Remote and desolately beautiful.  Water up at the end of Laguna del Caracol, at the river that comes out of the ground, you have a dry climb ahead. Walk out was straightforward.  Got a lift from ENEL employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-28 to 2022-Dec-29 / 2 days/ Hiking / SOBO / RR / Tomáš'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I connected in Thermas Azufre from GPT 05. I recommend it as a camping spot. I have seen the tracks of people staying on the western side of the valley but I think it is better to ford, there is a nice trail there on the eastern side. There is a place with an island where I needed to remove my shoes just for about three meters (the stream was not strong enough for me to keep the shoes on).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I took a detour to the lake at the pass - nice. No snow anymore. Reached the Refugio Blanquillo (which is a puesto, an arriero had two dogs and a thousand shep there), met a group of tourists on horses and two Chilean hikers there, so crowded all of a sudden. The pool there is indeed lukewarm. The water from the stream is said not to be good - I filtered it (for the first time on GPT) and was fine. But if not climbing the volcano, I would recommend to camp 2 km further at the next water source. I no longer carry water with me and just drink a lot when I find a source, there is a lot of them, even in the semidesert (the sand is actually white pumice from the volcanoes). It is quite dusty, my hands got dry and that normally does not happen to me. I agree with the recommendation to apply sunscreen at least three times a day! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second day I walked all the way to the main road. In the pass, there is still a bit of snow but quite manageable. Going down from the lake, there is no water until around half or one third of the minor road in the valley, beware. Walking-wise, this was the easiest section on GPT for me. At the mainroad, the camping at the shop after the bridge was closed. I hitched somebody in a truck who knew the owners, called them and they came to open it for me. 5000 pesos but I gave the lady 10000 as she had to drive here to open the camping for me. There is electricity and cold shower and shadow. Almost nothing at the shop. The bus is said to leave at seven. I slept and now will try hitchhiking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-20 to 2022-Dec-24 / 5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Will '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing trail! It's quite desolate but the landscape varies enough to always keep things interesting. Trudging up the sandy hills could be demoralizing, but getting to run down the other side more than made up for it. Water was still plentiful though not much snow was left, I only had to cross a few small patches. Thankfully heat wasn't a problem at all for me, I even felt cold a few times with the altitude and wind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caught the 5pm bus from Molina to Radal for 3000 pesos, then a van came by a few minutes later to take us to parque inglés for another 3000. Was nice to meet a bunch of Chilean hikers, who were all going to El Bolson and back. We camped at the Rocas Basílicas campsite right at parque inglés, 7000 pesos next to a beautiful river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had phone signal at parque inglés, so I bought the pass online for 8 USD. There was no one at the Conaf office at 7 30 the next morning, so I just hopped the gate and walked through. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I ran into a few arrieros relaxing at the Azufre hot springs, the only people I saw along the trail. They were friendly but it was tough to understand their heavy Chilean Spanish. They said I could camp with them but there wasn't a ton of room so I walked on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were some geysers shooting up from the muddy riverbank near the gpx track so I took a wider route around. An arriero also told me to take a trail higher up along the dunes so I followed that to the ford. The ford looked tough so I kept walking 2ish km along the other side until I could easily hop across. But it was slow going, probably not worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I ended up having to camp on a random sand dune. I had some trouble getting my tent to stay up tied to rocks, since I couldn't get stakes in. I'd definitely recommend using tieouts you can really secure to rocks, or even a freestanding tent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rest of the hike went smoothly. I easily made it to los cipreses in three days of hiking from parque inglés. The guard was super friendly, inviting me in and giving me a bunch of water. I camped across the street from the shop near the bus stop, ask at the shop if you want to camp there. The guy running the camping was also super nice, he messaged the bus driver and told me it would be at 9 or 9 30 the next morning, because it was a Saturday (it was also Christmas eve). The bus ended up showing up at 9 45, and costed 3200 pesos to Talca.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side trip up Volcan Los Hornitos was very worth it, there's a fairly gradual trail up and you can just sprint straight down. I didn't even need to bring any water (just some gummy bears).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I got by without gaiters, but bring them if you can. I should have used more sunscreen, the reflection off the sand is strong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-17 to 2022-Dec-20 / 2.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Martin &amp;amp; Helena'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joining section 6 directly from the previous one with a little challenging connection trail (see our comment from section 5), we continued to the Hot Spring del Azufre. On the way there is one steep traverse. We used hot spring to cook our rice which really saved us as we run out of gas. The landscape on the whole section is amazing, we really enjoyed it! Ascent to the pass is nice and gradual, hiking in the sand is a little slower, but the opposite when going down. We camped at the El Estadio, almost no wind that day, great place to sleep . In the morning we continued on a nice and easy trail, great views around the volcanos… short break by the laguna thats great for swimming. We camped a little before the camp marked in the gps, there is one place, probably used by arrieros, with a fireplace and a few rocks around it. Being out of the gas we set a fire using wood that was already in there and some others we gather during the day. The view to the volcanos must be one of the best we have seen here so far! The next day we continued to the last Hornitos pass and through the valley, again really nice hiking on a clear trail. Last few kms on the road and since we missed the only bus to Talca that is leaving early in the morning (7:00) and did not have luck with hitchhiking, we stayed in a camp right next to the road. Its just a few meters before it, in the same direction we came from. On the left side is a house with some old advertisment sign (coca-cola or similir) on its fence, and the lady there has a small shop. The camp is on the other side - cold shower, toilets, electricity and access to the river, all for 5000 for 2 people. We even got sandwiches for dinner as there was no other place around to eat. Overall, when combining both sections we recommend to plan carefully, but its definitely worth the effort, especially this section 6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: @martin_hanzelka @helenneka&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-14 to 2022-Dec-16 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Anna&amp;amp;Christopher '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section is pretty tough, but beautiful with a quite unique landscape. We definetly would do it again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recomendations: bring lots of suncreme, a good hat, gaiters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to get there:&lt;br /&gt;
We took a bus from Santiago (terminal at the metro station Universidad de Santiago) to Curico. Across the street from the bus terminal in Curico leaves a blue bus to Molina for 1k CLP. From Molina we hitchhiked to Parque Inglés.&lt;br /&gt;
You have to be there before 3 pm to be allowed to hike up to El Bolson. To camp they charge 8k CLP p.p and the park entry is also 8k CLP p.p.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first day we started early from El Bolson. From midday on it was super tough due to the white sand which makes walking really tiring and reflects the sun which makes it super hot without shade. The next day was pretty similar.&lt;br /&gt;
The whole section there was plenty of water. There was no much snow left at the passes, so we had no trouble without spikes.&lt;br /&gt;
On the last day, after arriving to the dirtroad (8 km from los Cipreses), we got offered a ride after a while and the guy brought us directly to El Médano.&lt;br /&gt;
The shop there has pasta, rice, bread, tomato salsa, mayo, chips, biscuits/chocolate and suncreme (but quite pricey).&lt;br /&gt;
In El Médano we camped for 6k CLP p.p.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-03 to 2022-Dec-06 / 3.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Véronica'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Parque Inglés - Laguna Ánimas - Termas del Azufre - Termas del Blanquillo - Laguna del Caracol - Laguna de los Hornos - Los Cipreses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A beautiful, remote section of true mountain wilderness. It took me 4 days, but only 2 hours hiking the dirt road to Los Cipreses on the last day (so very doable in 3 days). The only people I saw were a couple of arrieros at Termas del Blanquillo who told me they hadn't had a winter as snowy as this one in over 10 years. I was glad to have my microspikes for the vast snow fields near/on the passes. A couple places would have felt quite unsafe without them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notable tidbits: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Took a bus from Molina at 5pm (on a Friday) to El Radal, then hitchhiked to Parque Inglés. I camped there the first night for 7000 pesos. Pricey, but at least I had a beautiful and secluded spot by Rio Claro. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The stretch between Las Ánimas Pass and Termas de Azufre had some sketchy traverses across disintegrating scree slopes that were downright nerve-wracking. I suppose if you go down to Laguna Mondaca, then back up to the Termas, you may not encounter this hazard. But I did get to observe a condor soar above my head on thermals for an hour as he surveilled his domain, that was super cool. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first ford after Termas de Azufre, I crossed further upstream than indicated on the GPS track (see Carlos's comment below). It looked a lot safer there than downstream. There's continuous snow for about 3 km going over the pass after Thermas de Azufre, best to cross in the morning to avoid postholing when the snow gets too soft. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Los Hornitos pass has a large, very steep lip of snow (leftover cornice) on its south side. It's possible to go around it by heading north for 50-100 meters and then making your way down on the volcanic sand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spring between Termas del Blanquillo and Laguna del Caracol is a beautiful little desert oasis in an orherwise hot and dry stretch. It was a splendid spot to camp. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is LOTS of water. Laguna del Caracol and Laguna de los Hornos are both full of clear, refreshing water. A lot of the &amp;quot;water&amp;quot; GPS waypoints are actually fords this time of year (easy ones), and there's a lot of other water sources not listed on the tracks. But the section is very exposed, no shade, and very hot in the midday sun unless a breeze is blowing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No issues with the guards at Los Cipreses, they were friendly and let me pass no problem. From the first bus stop on the road, I hitched easily to Talca to resupply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Feb-20 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Molly '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section! I found the landscape to be very varied despite the lack of vegetation - and even with many pretty flowers near the streams. I personally found it to be a great ending to my GPT journey, a big contrast to the landscapes further south. Would make for a tough start though.&lt;br /&gt;
Plenty of water. Met one hiker doing Circuito el Cóndor and three Chilean tourists on horseback. No arrieros, but plenty of cows and horses. The weather was cold and windy, sometimes veritable sandstorms which meant I almost couldn't open my eyes - maybe sunglasses could have helped. I wore my long pants over my boots instead of gaiters - should have listened to the advice, so much sand! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Signs on the way to parque inglés say that you can only buy tickets online - don't know how strict they are, but no cell phone coverage at parque inglés and long before in case they insist. You have to be there before 15 to be let through to El Bolsón.&lt;br /&gt;
Easy 11 km to El Bolsón through a young forest. No water at the first &amp;quot;ford&amp;quot; waypoint. Campground has toilets and showers, it's the only place you're allowed to camp until after Valle del Indio. Nice enough place next to the impressive Colmillo del Diablo. In hot weather it might be nice to camp here to take the long ascent in the morning.&lt;br /&gt;
Laguna de las Animas would be a good campsite plus a nice place to swim. The first &amp;quot;water&amp;quot; waypoint afterwards is also great for camping - there is a nice little meadow.&lt;br /&gt;
Las Animas pass is gorgeous!&lt;br /&gt;
After Termas Azufre there are many confusing paths. They mostly seem to lead to the same place, but keep an eye on the GPS. When descending from the 2700 m pass towards Termas Blanquillo, you don't have to cross the stream to your right even though many paths do it. As noted by others, the hot springs Baños del Blanquillo are luke warm - but fine if you want to wash yourself a little and the stream is too cold. The refuge is locked.&lt;br /&gt;
The next camp waypoint is in a cute valley with many streams, bushes and flowers. No grass, though. &lt;br /&gt;
Laguna Caracol is beautiful as well, but very bare, surrounded by sand. I really liked the campsite afterwards, with views of both Volcán Descabezado and Cerro Azul. From there, a small CC section to the ascent where the path picks up again towards the Hornitos pass. Even more gorgeous with great and very different views to each site. Volcán Hornitos and the other little craters look really funny and special. Some hail was coming in, though, so I quickly slided down to the next camp waypoint, again a nice flat meadow. No water on the ascent. The first streams at the top of the pass were dry, but the path crosses a stream in 2100 m altitude. If you fill up at the water waypoint before the pass I agree you wouldn't have to carry extra water, the time between these two water points is around 2-3 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
I climbed to the rim of Volcán Hornitos, there's nothing in there, but if you walk to the highest point the view is nice enough. It took me 20 minutes in total, and it was about worth that.&lt;br /&gt;
The gravel road is nice the first kilometres, but then it gets pretty boring. The security guard at the end was very nice and welcoming.&lt;br /&gt;
I camped at the shop just before the road - nice place by the river, 3000 per person with toilets and a cold shower, or 50,000 for a cabaña. From there I hitched the 3 km down the road to Restaurant Cordillera, nice enough, great with a beer, meat and fries. &lt;br /&gt;
Bus left from the bus shed at 7:20 next morning - think it depends whether it goes to El Médano or not &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Jan-20 to 2022-Jan-25 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Carlos '''&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Parque Inglés - El Bolsón (Colmillo del Diablo summit) - Termas del Azufre - Termas del Blanquillo - Laguna Caracol - First bus stop on CH115 road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I hiked this route only a couple of days after Verónica &amp;amp; Jo. Not much to add except:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First day just hiked to El Bolsón (easy 4 hours), pitched my tent on the gorgeous campsite, left the heavy load and climbed the imposing &amp;quot;Colmillo del Diablo&amp;quot; (easy hike on a trail that goes around the back of the mountain).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Termas del Azufre climbing to the pass I followed a faint track on the steep loose slope instead of crossing at the first river ford. After a few hundred meters the track takes you to a flat wide rocky area (just before the slope becomes impossibly steep), where you can very easily ford the river (I didn't even get my feet wet).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plenty of buses Molina - Parque Inglés. But only one bus from el Médano - Los Cipreses to Talca, at around 7 am, which returns at 15:00. Only week days. Basic camping just in front of Los Cipreses shop (only ice cream, drinks, choco bars, biscuits): $4.000 pp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Jan-10 to 2022-Jan-15 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Veronika &amp;amp; Jo '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: Parque Inglès -&amp;gt; Laguna de las Animas -&amp;gt; Termas de Azufre -&amp;gt; Descabezado base camp -&amp;gt; Laguna del Caracol -&amp;gt; Laguna Hornitos -&amp;gt; First bus stop on 115-CH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The five nights we just spent in a tent was the longest stretch we have ever gone without a decent bed on a hike. We skipped Radal, Laguna Mondaca and Termas de Medano, but still hiked in 6 days what others did in 3-4. We're basically easing into the GPT, gaining some fitness and experience before taking on the harder challenges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As others have said: the views are otherworldly and stunning. We felt like Touaregs traveling from oasis to oasis in the Saharan desert. Except that there actually are plenty of springs and little rivers flowing in most valleys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Useful tidbits:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- There really is no shade after El Bolsòn. Either you make your own (e.g., adapting your tent to not trap heat) or you dress like a Touareg (loose clothing fully blocking the sun). For us, this was the hardest to deal with. We got up early but often stopped hiking at 13:00, enjoying the lakes or even just sitting down doing nothing that takes energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- High-heeled boots and long trousers work well to keep the sand out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Confirming Shn0rhelez: going up from Termas de Azufre until the second ford indeed passes plenty of water, no need to carry any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Laguna Hornitos is drying up and hence less beautiful than the other lakes. Maybe it's better to camp at the start of the Hornitos plateau (SOBO, so north entry) as the area is flat and there is reasonably clean running water there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- There is no bus to Talca from Los Cipreses on saturdays or sundays. We asked at the shop and got a ride to Colorado from the brother-in-law of the shopkeeper for 15000 CLP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- In supermarkets, you can buy alcohol desnaturalizado cheaply in the nail polish section, or alternatively, use alcohol de quemar from the combustibles section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2021-Dec-26 to 2022-Jan-04 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR /  '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Parque Inglés to the entrance of Reserva Achibueno&lt;br /&gt;
Buy your ticket online for “El Bolsón” on the CONAF website and get to the trailhead before 3pm&lt;br /&gt;
4hrs hike to El Bolsón, a great place with waterfall, great views, nice camping spots, hikers&lt;br /&gt;
TO CHECK: Bus from Molina to Parque Ingles leaves at 9 am (not positive) on week-ends and holidays &lt;br /&gt;
Easy hitch from Radal to Parque Ingles coz lots of campers going there on week-ends&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful a ranger told me the park closes on Mondays &lt;br /&gt;
It took me around 4 days from Parque Siete Tazas Park entrance to the road Q115 (Central Cipreses)&lt;br /&gt;
From Road 115 I hitched to a village by Colbún lake where I resupplied : good supermarkets (a little on the expensive side), food truck , pastry shop &lt;br /&gt;
I didn't like Altos de Lircay NP : after El Bolson (4 hrs in) no fucking shade for 3 days and an half except that of a shelter a little off trail, blazing sun all day, sand sand sand, I found the place so inhospitable, monotonous sights : sand dunes for ever, quite some struggling pedalling in the soft sand, plus I had no gaiters (stupid me) and low heels shoes so that was a bummer. However the place is super special, feels like on the moon (beautiful pictures) and I can understand why many love it&lt;br /&gt;
Some “hot springs” are actually just luke and others just a hole or boiling hot (I added these informations to the track and waypoints I sent to Jan Dudek) so don't be like me fantasizing all day on that fantastic bath you will get or wait for Jan's update (thanks so so much for all you do mate).&lt;br /&gt;
After resupplying I hitched on option 7 XXX all the way the Mellado cañon (really nice, by the river all the time), communities. After hiking South from Carizales (which has a very limited “store”) I was short on time and food and realized bare landscapes over the tree line were not my cup of tea (I prefer hiking below 1700 m in this part of Patagonia) so I left RR and took another option all the way to the West to Reserva Achibueno which I really enjoyed : great landscapes, lakes, rivers and met some cool hikers and fishermen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2021-Dec-09 to 2021-Dec-12 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / AR past Laguna Manatial Pelado / Vera &amp;amp; James'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We arrived the day before at Parque Ingles and camped the night there. From Molina there is a bus to Radal at 5pm wed-fri, and direct to Parque Ingles on weekends. The only way to pay for park entry is online at www.aspticket.cl.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an aside, we really liked Molina. It has plenty for resupply whilst being nice and small. There is a fishing shop opposite the Santa Isabel supermarket that sells gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 we headed up the RR as far as just above Laguna de las Animas by 2pm, a brutal climb in the midday sun! At this point the sun disappeared and clouds quickly rolled in, within 10 minutes lightning was hitting the peaks directly around us. We beat a hasty retreat back to El Bolsen and camped there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We decided to take the alternate route past Laguna Manatial Pelado. A beautiful route if hot and sandy. We have realised the best time time to take on a long, sandy ascent in sunny weather is very early in the morning, after 9am it was brutally hot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We then continued on the regular route. As has been said before, it's remote and stunning. We had some strong winds coming over Pass de Hornitos, and even some sleet on the final day!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arrived in Los Cipreses on a Sunday and we didn't see a single person except the security guard. We got mixed messages from him and then the mini shop owner about buses to Talca. I would assume there isn't one on a Sunday. We hitched to El Colorado then got a bus from there to Talca.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2021-Dec-03 to 2021-Dec-09 / 7 days (GPT 05 + 06) / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Kris&amp;amp;Stiina'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also decided to combine sections 5 and 6 to avoid in’n’out to and from Parque Inglés. It took us 6 and a half days and some of it was bloody hard. I have never before experienced my ass being handed over to me by a trail. We got beaten to the point where first signs of weakness started to show and I have to admit we kind of even started discussing a plan B and bailing this ditch trail. But only for a moment, once you hit the rock bottom there is only one way to go - up! It was literally and figuratively, and as terrain improved so did our mood and we laughed off the silly thoughts we had had earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 45km of the section 5 were great, awesome hiking and then shit hit the fan real quick. Ascent up from the ford at km 45 was hard but alright. And then came the descent down to Rio Negro (51km), very steep and very loose scree slope. We wanted to make it to Rio Colorado for the night to cross it early in the morning in case there is no bridge. But because the trail or I must rather say the lack of it was really taking more time than we expected, by the time we got to Rio Negro it was already getting dark. The river was very rapid and murky so you couldn’t gauge the depth of it and couldn’t see where to step, we had to really concentrate to cross it, luckily it was only balls deep.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was dark as we got across it and we continued the fun, albeit type 2 fun, illuminated by our headlamps. Then came the insanely steep gully that allowed you to enter the valley of Rio Colorado. Something was off with the elevation lines on Gaia and it showed that we will be descending right over the cliff, it was luckily only a glitch. As we couldn’t see much ahead we kept descending ever so carefully on this very very challenging terrain, I would even go as far as to say that it was stupid and outright dangerous. But there was no other way, you just had to stay focused. There were also some rocks falling off the cliff under which we were descending. In a sense night was a good time to do it because you couldn’t see all the dangers - only what lie within the beam of the headlamp. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then came an extremely slow going, pretty much crawling speed traverse down to Rio Colorado, which we fully improvised as there was no trail anyway and got down to Rio colorado about a kilometer before the bridge, where we set up camp abit past midnight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So yes, the bridge was there - a decent one, seemed permanent and it was a relief that we at least don’t have to start the day by risking our lives fording Rio Colorado. The river was pretty wide and the current seemed pretty fast, it wasn’t murky though but you couldn’t see how deep it really was. But we think it could have been forded in case there would be no bridge. There were a few places that looked doable with somewhat laminar flow. The excitement of the existence of the bridge didn’t last too long as we were slapped back into reality by the difficult terrain, it wasn’t as dangerous anymore as the previous night but difficult nevertheless. Once we got closer to the pass the trail appeared and it was actually pleasant hiking once again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum it up the descent down to the Rio Colorado valley, then  traversing it and the first part of crawling out of the valley sucks big time, but the rest of the section is really nice and not too challenging terrain-wise. I wouldn’t want to skip this section because it had some breathingtaking views. Just that on the hard part of it you can’t really enjoy any of it as all your effort is elsewhere. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The guards at Laguna Mondaca were the nicest people we have met in Chile so far. They invited us to stay at the property, gave us food and drinks. They insisted we don’t use any of our supplies or gear. They even provided us with a room with a bed and we got to recharge all of our electronics and got a hot shower aswell. It was perfect! And just to make it clear there are no fancy villas there just a few small simple houses where the owner of the property comes for fishing once in a while. And guards weren’t armed either.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It took us 4 days to get to Laguna Mondaca and not far after it we joined the section 6 which took 2 and a half more days. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 6 was really something, we haven’t had such a strong otherworldly experience anywhere else. It was really like being on another planet at times. The blue sky was the only thing that gave it away that we were still on Earth. Really bizarre landscape and definitely the most beautiful breathtaking section of the six that we have done so far. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the difficulty, compared to section 5 it didn’t feel that difficult at all. Walking on sand is challenging, yes, especially going uphill. But on the other side going down is much easier on the soft sand - you can just run/jog without much impact on your body as the sand absorbs it all. Shoes got completely wrecked and we took many “shoe-emptying” breaks because they were just filled with rocks and coarse sand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We even took a dip in one of the lakes close to Descabezado and seeing how water is just coming out of the sand and turning into a river was really really cool, just as the whole landscape around there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We camped at the lake about 5km from Los Cipreses. When we arrived to the road to take bus to Talca the bus stop didn’t have any schedule and the shop close by was closed. So we couldn’t find out about the bus schedule and the traffic on the road seemed pretty dead. But luckily after 15 min of waiting a car that was going to Talca picked us up, perfecto! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall plenty of water on both sections, a lot of exposure to the sun, and some challenging terrain. It all together made for a great experience, just what we were looking for. It humbled us and we definitely had to adjust our expectations and recalibrate our way of hiking, it is GPT - not more and not less. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more stories of the trail, pictures, videos and in case you want to ask us anything you can find us on Instagram: @smallfootprint_bigadventures&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Feb-12 / 2.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / OH to Laguna Manantial / Frank '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At Parque Ingles I registered with Conaf, they record your route &amp;amp; where you will camp. Deregistered by email later. Easy 3 hour walk to El Bolson, lots of people camping there but they don't go any further. Took optional route to Laguna Manantial. At 2160M there is a small meadow &amp;amp; stream, this is last water &amp;amp; last camp before the lake. You go over a pass @ 2560M then drop 80M to the lake.  Camped on the lakeshore. &lt;br /&gt;
Termas Blanquillo were only tepid. Camped on a small beach @ S end of Laguna de Los Hornos. The lake is nearly dried out, only a little semi stagnant water left. Best to carry water in from one of the streams a little above the lake. Last 11KM are on dirt roads, you could hitch easily if you want. Met 2 security guards, they were both friendly, no access problems if you are Southbound. Small campsite @ shop on way out. Amazing section, some tough uphill on sand but scenery is like Mars. Definitely use small gaiters or you will be emptying sand out of your shoes every 10 mins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of GPT06 if you go on the north bank of Rio Maule the route is blocked by a cliff beyond Los Alamos &amp;amp; you need to cross the river to continue. Better to go on the road. After 2KM on the road you pass 2 shops, better food selection than in El Medano. They have accommodation also. At Bridge 17 you can rejoin RR or continue on road but RR is nicer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-24 / 7 days (GPT 05 + 06) / Hiking / SOBO / Ian Hikes + Tobias'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overview: &lt;br /&gt;
So, I decided to combine GPT sections 5 and 6 in order to avoid a 30k out and back resupply section into parque ingles. I thought this was a good decision for me and really enjoyed being out there for a week. In my opinion this was the hardest section of the GPT in between sections GPT 01-10. I went the first 5 days without seeing another person which I thought was quite cool. So, these two sections are quite remote, and you are way out there in the mountains. There was also some pretty intense river crossing in “GPT Section 5” that I found to be manageable (keep in mind I’m 185cm and have lots of thru hiking experience.) but still a little difficult. The rivers were also very dark and murky which made it hard to see where you would step. There was also an improvised bridge crossing the Colorado River that I used, and thought was safe to use. These two sections are dominated by a volcanic profile with much of the route on ash and volcanic rock. Most of the route is very exposed and there are not many trees or vegetation that grow in the volcanic ash/rocks. There was plenty of water with springs coming out of the hills everywhere and then disappearing into the sand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulties:&lt;br /&gt;
It was slow going walking thru the sand, especially when hiking vertically. Exposure to the sun. River crossings. Isolation and remoteness. Hiking up and down lose rock and scree fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlights:&lt;br /&gt;
Hot Springs. Great views of the volcanic region. Mountain Lakes. Sunrise and Sunsets were epic with the landscape. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please feel free to reach out to me with any questions at ultratrailca@gmail.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Jan-23 / 7 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Shn0rhelez'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parque Ingles to El Medano southbound/main route ... 7 days duration(2 nights spent on laguna Las Animas)...section passable...Strong sun, no shadow after the park... Gaiters strongly recommended...the SUBsection between termas del azufre and second ford Before the pass (2700m) is full with water... my personal opinion is the backpack weight can be minimized... Good luck! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Jan-09 / 5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Bruno &amp;amp; Martin'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parque Inglés to El Medano&lt;br /&gt;
5 days for this amazing section. We started in Parque Inglés in Radal 7 Tazas National Park. Had to wait for one more day because of limited hiking permits towards El Bolsón. 80 daily permits allowed and delivered at 8:30 in the morning, to be minded on weekends when the park is full. Followed Regular Route Laguna Las Ánimas, Azufre Hotsprings, Descabezado base camp, Laguna Caracol and then down to Los Cipreses. Cold section and bad weather towards the end, some rain and freezing wind. Had to camp in Laguna Caracol waiting for the storm to pass and hike the last pass. &lt;br /&gt;
The use of lightweight gaiters is advised for keeping the sand out of your shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-25 / 3 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Tom &amp;amp; Maddie '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parque Ingles to El Medano. Very beautiful (and exposed) section. Lots of water. The track from Los Cipreses to El Medano suffered from a few landslides meaning the route was slower than anticipated. I would consider taking the road next time as there is no loss of scenery. We resupplied in El Medano by basically buying all the food at the tienda (60000 CP for food for two people for the next section). Selection was good enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-18 / 5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR from Vilches Alto / Tyler &amp;amp; America '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Stunning section. Vilches Alto made for a great optional start; rather than returning to Parque Ingles. (We came from Talca by bus - 2100 CP). Entrance fee was 6000 and camping 3000 PP. All trails were beautiful and a bit more trodden that sections before. Arrieros at thermal pools (not hot) were welcoming and friendly for us to camp. We took our sweet time in the beautiful section. We bussed from the first road access (south of town Los Cipreses/ OH-MR-V@06-E-#001) to Talca for a good re supply before the long next section, 2200 CP. Bus leaves this stop around 11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-18 / 2.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR with optional start coming from GPT 5 / Matus &amp;amp; Anna'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We combined sections 5 and 6 via optional trail. &lt;br /&gt;
GPT06 took us 2 days and bit (first day we did just 4km from 6th section).&lt;br /&gt;
I agree with everything what was written in previous updates.&lt;br /&gt;
Nice sandy trails. Mornings were freezing cold. No problems while crossing rivers. After optional start regular trail didn't correspond with any trail. We finally took one on the right side and after while they merged. And I don't know who was so commited, but thanks for marking the trail 😊&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a small tienda with coke and crisps before entering a main road from Los Cipress. If you continue by main road toward El Medano there is restaurant Cordillera where we refueled again. Accomodation in El Medano. I will edit with ressuply options later. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-14 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR (mainly) / Martina &amp;amp; Ivo '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we came from GPT05 and didn't want to go all the way &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to the Paso Las Animas, we tried the Optional Investigation Route which starts at Parque Ingles right at the other side (South) of Rio Claro. It leads through private property, so we went to the guard, showed him the CONAF Permit (we bought one just in case, and of course they said it's not possible to walk on the other side of the river), explained him that we would only hike through and gave him some cerezas. He informed his Colleagues via radio to let us pass. It was a nice and easy hike. Nothing to add to Linda's remarks for the rest of the trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-06 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Linda '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start = Parque Ingles  &lt;br /&gt;
Finish = Las Termas El Medano&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GENERAL FEELING&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing section !!!! Incredible mineral landscapes as soon as you go beyond Laguna Las Animas. It was tough because of the passes (and this was also my first hiking days and I carried too much food ... ) and the ground around the volcanoes is sand ! So it makes each step even more difficult. I loved the contrast between the areas around the volcanoes and the Laguna Caracol is just one of the most beautiful place I've ever seen !!! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LOGISTICS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Bus from Molina to El Radal (off season and weekdays = only one bus at 5pm in Molina that stops in El Radal. Weekend : it goes directly to Parque Ingles and the schedule may also be different)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Hitchhiked from El Radal to Parque Ingles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- First night in a camping in Parque Ingles = 5000 CLP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The day after, I had to register to CONAF. Office opening at 8:30 am. Entrance fee = 6000 CLP&lt;br /&gt;
Some people (5 or 6) were going to El Bolson for the day but after Laguna Las Animas, there was absolutely nobody till the end !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Still snow when you go beyond the 2300 meters high&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Be careful for the last pass Las Hornitos, a lot of  snow at the top and it makes it impossible to follow the GPS track to go down. I found my way on the left when you face the valley and then got back to the GPS track&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- No problem to go out from the mine. Actually, workers I met  on my way down to Los Cipreses suggestedto drop me by car to the main road. The guard was just smiling when he saw me in the car and when I told him I was hiking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Mini market where you can find basic food (eggs, spaghetti, chocolate ...) in Las Termas El Medano&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Feb-07 / 4 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Arnaud'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amazing but hard section with a lot of denivelation. &lt;br /&gt;
As we did not walk the section 5, we took the bus from Molina to Parque Ingles-7 Tazas (many buses, 4-5 buses per day). We registered to the Conaf Office and paid the entrance fee 6000 clp for foreigners. They gave us a mail adress so that we can announce our exit of the parque, to check the security.&lt;br /&gt;
We walked the first 11km to the campspot El Bolson. It costs 4000 clp per person but has no interest. As the zone is protected, it is possible to freecamp only after el Bolson, before, it is prohibited.&lt;br /&gt;
The Laguna Las Animas is very very beautiful and is welcome for a bath with the heat of this season.&lt;br /&gt;
Then the paso las animas is easy and ashes are fun for downhills!&lt;br /&gt;
We met nobody on the trail after el Bolson. So great! Except at one spot with termas with full of chilenos there.&lt;br /&gt;
We lacked a bit of water at the laguna el Caracol but found 3kms further (just before the strong uphill) a source with drinkable water.&lt;br /&gt;
No problem then to exit los cypress. We hitchhiked on the road with workers until the road to los Medanos.&lt;br /&gt;
We stayed one day in los termas de los Medanos, at the camping and exit quickly (too many noise, people). The water is hot and nice after a hard section like this one. &lt;br /&gt;
We resupplied at los termas (with pasta, arros, pancito, manjar). No gas available there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to carry all the food for the entire trail. There is no food supply after Parque Ingles. If you meet arrieros at one of the Puestos you may ask for some goat or lamb meet but if you are not ready to take an entire or at least half an animal they may be reluctant to sell. Refill your water supply at the marked river crossings and the camps. In between these waypoints your will find only ocasinally some trickling water because water trickles away easily into the volcanic soil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023 / Michael and Kasia&lt;br /&gt;
Molina: Hostal Nativos is three blocks off the main square. Run by very nice people, they have private rooms with shared bathroom for 25.000 CLP for the room. They also have a nice garden area with space if you need to clean gear.  Ferreteria Franco had gas canisters for stoves. Unimarc on the plaza had cans for recharging, but didn't carry the screw route for stoves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2021 / Vera &amp;amp; James&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Molina: It has plenty for resupply whilst being nice and small. There is a fishing shop opposite the Santa Isabel supermarket that sells gas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022 / Martin &amp;amp; Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Los Cipresses: small shop (only ice cream, drinks, choco bars, biscuits) + camp with cold shower, toilets, electricity and access to the river, all for 5000 for 2 people. We even got sandwiches for dinner as there was no other place around to eat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022 7 Anna&amp;amp;Christopher &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Médano: The shop there has pasta, rice, bread, tomato salsa, mayo, chips, biscuits/chocolate and suncreme (but quite pricey).&lt;br /&gt;
In El Médano we camped for 6k CLP p.p.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2020 / Frank &lt;br /&gt;
After 2KM on the road after Los Alamos (to El Medano) you pass 2 shops, better food selection than in El Medano. They have accommodation also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Parque Ingles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the main season in January and February several buses go from Molina and Curico to Radal and some even go all the way to Parque Ingles. Outside of the main season there is only one daily bus from Molina to Radal leaving in the afternoon from the rural bus station in Molina.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jan-24 / Joscha&lt;br /&gt;
The Bus between Molina and Parque Ingles is run by the company &amp;quot;Buses Hernández&amp;quot;. You can check the departure times on their website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2020 / Frank In summer there are 6 buses a day Molina-Parque Ingles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mon-Sat they leave Molina @ 10:20, 11:30, 12:40, 3PM, 6:15PM, 8:15 PM Sunday Molina- Parque Ingles 7:45, 9:30, 2PM, 7:30PM, 10PM 2 hours to Parque Ingles, buses leave from terminal near main plaza in Molina. Parque Ingles-Molina 7:10, 11, 1PM, 3:45PM, 4:45PM, 6:30PM Mon-Sat Sun. 10:30, 1:30PM, 3:30PM, 5:45PM, 6:45PM &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2019/ Martina &amp;amp; Ivo &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monday to Thursday: Molina-Radal: 17:00 // Radal-Molina: 07:30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Friday: Molina-P.Ingles: 17:00 // Radal-Molina: 07:30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Saturday: Molina-P.Ingles: 11:30 // 13:30 / P.Ingles-Molina: 18:00&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sunday: Molina-P.Ingles: 09:00 // P.Ingles-Molina: 15:30 / 17:00&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Los Cipreses / El Medano ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 7 am in front of Los Cipreses - someone has to call in advance for the bus to go all the way to el Médano - loads of tourists there, though, so someone might have called. Other connections should be at 9:15 and 17:20 (one at 1620 l3aves from further downstream). The other way around, the buses leave Talca at 7, 13, 15 and 19, according to the schedule at Talca bus station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*This trail section finished at the Route 115 to Talca. Big road with many cars (hitchhiking possible)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023 / Louis, Rémi &amp;amp; Noé &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Los Cipreses only one bus at 7am. We hitchiked to El Colorado where plenty of buses are going down to Talca for 2 000 CLP (+ 400 CLP per bag)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023 / Natalie &amp;amp; Tomáš &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buses from Talca to la Mina go at; 7:00am, 1:00pm (only to la Suiza), 3:00pm and 7:00pm. &lt;br /&gt;
Vilches: bus clearly did not follow the posted schedule so if you are there just ask the many locals around what time the bus comes, we caught the 1230 bus. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2022 / Veronika &amp;amp; Jo &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- There is no bus to Talca from Los Cipreses on saturdays or sundays. We asked at the shop and got a ride to Colorado from the brother-in-law of the shopkeeper for 15000 CLP.                &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Vilches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023 / Natalie &amp;amp; Tomáš &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bus clearly did not follow the posted schedule so if you are there just ask the many locals around what time the bus comes, we caught the 1230 bus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CONAF does register all trekkers at Parque Ingles (GPT01-WP004) but does not charge an entrance fee. Camp fires are not permitted within the national park that reaches from Radal (GPT01-WP001) to the Laguna las Ánimas (GPT01-WP013).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2024 SOBO Permit required at Parque Inglés:&lt;br /&gt;
- payment 8500 Pesos online! (not in cash) with online your Conaf account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https:// shop.pasesparques.cl/evento/2564/radal-siete-tazas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- offline formular at Conaf station&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- payment 7000 Pesos for Campsite  El Bolsón in Cash (not possible with credit card, 200m from Conaf Station)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2023&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When starting from Vilches and going northbound, a permit to access the Volcano (or the Condor Circuit) is required. CONAF won't let you enter in Altos de Lircay without it. Call them or write an email to get the correct number. The number ending with 554 works on WhatsApp, and a WhatsApp message from the land owner counts as &amp;quot;written permission&amp;quot;. Moreover, you have to pay the entrance fee to the reserve and it is closed on Mondays in March.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*2023 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start at Parque Ingles: &lt;br /&gt;
Entry ticket for Bolsón overnight needed: $10 USD (book it before online at www.aspticket.cl + get to the trailhead before 13:00) It needs to be purchased online in advance. There is good Entel service at the gate for last minute purchases. After purchase one change can be made to the date of the ticket, and there is no additional charge. After that you need to repurchase the ticket. Entrance for the camping permit is until 13:00. After that they refuse entry.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, you need to show CONAF proof of permission to camp at Bolsón, even if you do not plan to camp there. Bolsón is a privately operated concession within the park. Camping is 7.000 CLP pp and you buy the tickets at Rocas Basalticas campground about 50 meters down the road on the opposite side of the street from the entrance. The only way around this is to have contacted land owners that live beyond the park boundary and show CONAF proof of permission to camp on their land.&lt;br /&gt;
They also require that you show them your gas stove, as all other cooking systems (alcohol, wood, etc.) are prohibited within the park, so have it handy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parc can be entered illegally in the morning (around 7 pm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional start Vilches Alto: Entrance fee was 6000 and camping 3000 PP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT06 - Volcán Descabezado]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:18 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.PNG|thumb|1100px|center|In the huge ash field]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:10 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Greater Patagonian Trail (9).jpg|thumb|1100px|center|GPT06 - Volcán Descabezado]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Greater Patagonian Trail (5).jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Greater Patagonian Trail]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Greater Patagonian Trail (17).jpg|thumb|1100px|center|[[Cerro Azul]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Greater Patagonian Trail (11).jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Greater Patagonian Trail, section 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, El Bolsón.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|El Bolsón]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:02 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, Leaving El Bolsón.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Leaving El Bolsón]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:03 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|GPT 06]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:04 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, Laguna Las Ánimas.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Laguna Las Ánimas]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:05 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, Pass 2560 m.PNG|thumb|1100px|center|Pass 2560 m]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:06 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, Approaching Laguna Mondaca.PNG|thumb|1100px|center|Approaching Laguna Mondaca]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:07 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, Laguna Mondaca.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Laguna Mondaca]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:08 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, that bypasses Laguna Mondaca.PNG|thumb|1100px|center|Bypasses Laguna Mondaca]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:09 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|GPT 06]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:11 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, Termas de Azufre.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Termas de Azufre]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:12 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|GPT 06]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:13 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|GPT 06]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:16 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|GPT 06]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:17 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|GPT 06]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:19 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.PNG|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:20 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.PNG|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:21 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:23 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.PNG|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:24 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:25 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:26 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, Leaving the Base Camp Descabezado Grande.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Leaving the Base Camp Descabezado Grande]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:27 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, Hot springs at Base Camp Descabezado Grande.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Hot springs at Base Camp Descabezado Grande]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:28 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:29 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:31 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:32 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.PNG|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:33 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:34 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.PNG|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:35 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.PNG|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:37 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:38 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.PNG|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:39 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:40 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.PNG|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:41 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.PNG|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:43 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, Camp near Laguna Los Hornitos.jpg|Camp near Laguna Los Hornitos]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:44 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, Laguna Los Hornitos.PNG|thumb|1100px|center|Laguna Los Hornitos]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:45 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado, Laguna Los Hornitos.PNG|thumb|1100px|center|Laguna Los Hornitos]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:46 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:47 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:48 Greater Patagonian Trail, Volcan Descabezado.jpg|thumb|1100px|center]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AnnaBla</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT07_(Laguna_Dial)&amp;diff=119237</id>
		<title>GPT07 (Laguna Dial)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=GPT07_(Laguna_Dial)&amp;diff=119237"/>
				<updated>2024-12-21T17:59:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AnnaBla: /* Season 2024/25 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''[[GPTs|List of all GPT sections]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= How to a add new entry =&lt;br /&gt;
You need to be logged in to save your edits (and on mobile view, you need to be logged in to start editing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a new log entry always on top in the appropriate season sub-chapter and use format: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- IF YOU COPY FROM THIS EDITING VIEW, YOU NEED TO USE THIS TEMPLATE (* TRANSFORMS INTO BULLET, ''' MAKE IT BOLD):&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Packrafting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias'''&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;* '''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''Start Date to Finish Date (use Format YYYY-MMM-DD) / Duration in Days / Hiking or &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Packrafting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; / Travel Direction (SOBO for Southbound or NOBO Northbound) / Chosen Route and/or Option Name (RR for Regular Route) / Names or Alias'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are packrafting, put the above info into HTML tags like this (if you follow a hiking route for part of the way, highlight only &amp;quot;packrafting&amp;quot;, as above):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- IF YOU COPY FROM THIS EDITING VIEW, YOU NEED TO USE THIS TEMPLATE (* TRANSFORMS INTO BULLET, ''' MAKE IT BOLD, WHAT IS ENCLOSED IN &amp;lt;&amp;gt; MAKES IT BLUE):&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''YYYY-MMM-DD / X days / Packrafting / SOBO / RP / Your name'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;* &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:aqua;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''YYYY-MMM-DD / X days / Packrafting / SOBO / RP / Your name'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Include remarks about your route useful for other hikers and packrafters, alerts, suggestions and personal perception of attractiveness and difficulties. Try to be specific. Do not be shy to fix obvious mistakes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Section Log, Alerts and Suggestions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2025/26==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2024/25==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024 - DEC-10 to 2024-DEC-17 / 7 days / hiking / NOBO / RR / Michal a Anna'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hitchhiked from San Fabian to El Ingles and started the hike around 2pm - at that time the shop at El Ingles was closed with no one around to ask. The shop at Carizalles [58,2/1117] was also closed as the owners left that day (we walked around around 5pm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trail was very pleasant, no steep up&amp;amp;downs. We found the section very charming, it was interesting to meet all the locals and arrieros, most of them were up for a little small talk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All fords were fordable, the highest at Río Gonzalez [133,3/1226] was to Anna’s hips (she is 1,65 m). We forded in the morning and Eduardo living nearby warned us that in the evening it wouldn’t be crossable on foot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No problems with agressive dogs (even at Irma’s puesto [86,4/1212].&lt;br /&gt;
We met a lot of cows (couple of times the herds had bulls).&lt;br /&gt;
A lot of wetlands and plenty of water everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Carabinieros [92,7/1322] were very kind and hospitable. Very pleasant stop at their puesto.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-DEC-07 to 2024-DEC-12 / 5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + OH (var. A) / Ivan, Jakub, Daniel'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main road section on the beginning we did with head-torches in the night. After leaving the main road, it seems that part of the minor road was washed away by water. This short section must be bypassed by walking on stones along the riverbed to avoid the fenced-off area. At the end of the valley, we choose variant A. At CC [33.3+1.8], the ground was extremely waterlogged. From the ford [47.7-60.5], the trail transitions into a minor road. After 2 days we resuplied in a little store in Carrizales [58.2/1117]. Nice lady prepared some lunch for us too. We recommend to ask the locals, it's easy to miss it, but the position in track files fits perfectly. The water level in the Río Guaiquivilo was elevated, so we had to traverse some sections along the rocky slopes above. Camp 103.2 is completely waterlogged due to melting snow. The ford at km 120.4 we crossed without getting wet. However, at km 137.6, there is no bridge, so wading is necessary. At the intersection of RR and OH [143.4/942], a really good minor road begins, which is marked as a trail in the track files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2023/24==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-03-29 to 2024-04-02 // 4,5 days // Hiking // NOBO // RR + Variant A // Quentin Clavel'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Best section so far in terms of meeting people. Only nice souls are in this area, a lot of great talks with arrieros, carabineros, or just people passing threw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in terms of landscapes and hiking, it's pretty much always passing threw looooong valley, that could be a bit annoying because not so diverse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had great time anyway, passing these valleys, the Laguna dial is very nice and I was happy it was Easter, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have been invited for an overnight party with locals, drinking mate, eating cordero, cazuella, had an amazing desajuno before leaving for the rest of the section&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
I met Dona Irma, after dealing with her crazy aggressive dogs, and spent some time with her, she's definitely a local legend ! Bought cheese and bread for feeding me the rest of the section (10K CLP/kg)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I arrived in the carabineros of carrizales who are the best carabineros of Chile no doubt ! Giving me sopaipillas and cola, then we discuss a lot, took dinner together, turning into an overnight stay here, they make some space for me to sleep inside, we took some &lt;br /&gt;
Pisco then going to bed. Best experience with carabineros so far ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No trouble in the junction with the road, a local living in a puesto 1kl earlier invite me to have mate, then the guard at the end of the gravel roads gently opened me the gate and I continued on the long and boring 11klm of road until El Medano.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There's few options to sleep in El medano, but as I was out of the season everything was closed, I have been invited for stay with a local and quite happy about that because it was a very bad weather night ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-03-09 to 2024-03-15 / 7 days / SOBO / Started at border control close to Lagula Del Maule —&amp;gt; 1C, 1B, 1, 2, RR, 6C, 6D, RR, 6F, 6E, 6, 6H, 6I, 7B, 7 - Puente El Ingles / Marilyne'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I planned this route to avoid the aggressive dogs that have been mentioned a couple times now as it is my main fear along the GPT! I also wanted to explore some alternative routes as some people mentioned that the road walking was not very interesting. That meant that I didn’t get to visit Irma’s place or Carrizales.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1 ~22km&lt;br /&gt;
The timing of my errands in Talca meant that I was ready to start on a Saturday, which is unfortunate as the buses to Termas El Medano don’t run on weekends. After evaluating my options, I decided to just take Uber to right before the border control (75K + big tip). I made sure the driver was ok with it and he seemed quite happy, we chatted the whole way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Went into the border control building just to make sure that no check was needed since I was not crossing the border and went on my way to Laguna Del Maule where a lot of people were fishing.&lt;br /&gt;
Later that day on option 2 slipped twice in wet muddy grassy fields. Fun times :-) Camped close to a gate at -36.15739, -70.61193, before the puestos down the valley on option 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2&lt;br /&gt;
Long day in a valley with a couple puestos. Dogs around puestos were not aggressive but barked at me as can be expected. Chatted with a couple different arrieros. I feel like Rio Guaiquivilo would make a nice class 3/4 packraft option early in the season, but there would be some required portages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3&lt;br /&gt;
Ended option 2 and rejoined the RR to climb up to Laguna del Dial. Enjoyed the view and the surroundings. Meet a lovely Chilean couple that were camped by the Laguna and invited me to stay with them. They ended up being clients of Don Hector, Irma’s husband. They shared their dinner with me. I got to taste Irma’s cheese that I hadn’t been able to purchase and they gave me a lot of food to take with me. Don Hector told me that the 3 agressive dogs people have been mentioning on the RR and that I was afraid of don’t usually bite… More people on horses showed up at the camp later. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4&lt;br /&gt;
Finished the walk along Laguna del Dial and took the 6C/6D option. The trail on that pass is hard to follow at times but sticking to the gps line really helped as in some spots you need to be exactly where it is. After that pass I rejoined the main trail which is at a lower elevation and has trees and shrubbery. Camped close to some puestos, however I did not make my presence known and crossed the river to hide to camp - I’m a woman traveling alone. (-36.52496, -71.10122).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5&lt;br /&gt;
Decided to take the 6F route despite few comments on this page about the route and the extra elevation gain and loss. 6E starts at a puesto and I had to duck under a couple fences to make it to the gps line. No one was there when I crossed, I’m unsure if it would have been a problem. The cross country section was somewhat hard and steep. Camped close to the end of 6E&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 6&lt;br /&gt;
I initially intended to take option 6 the rest of the way but somehow missed the warnings about the right of way issue until I got there. Since I’m traveling alone and uninterested in arguing with anyone, I went for option 6 but northbound from the end of 6E to continue on option 6H. 6H was hard to follow but a beautiful valley, not much water up there so plan accordingly. The rest of 6H going down on the other side seemed treacherous to me so I opted for 6I instead. Felt really exhausted at the end of the day. Camped at the 7B/7 junction. I was very dirty and dusty by the end of that day and the lack of water at camp did not help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 7&lt;br /&gt;
Did the short 6km walk to Puente El Ingles in the morning. Nothing was opened. Started walking the road towards San Fabian de Alico and got picked up about an hour later by three guys who had gone on a fishing trip to Argentina. They gave me a ride all the way to a village outside of Chillán and from there I quickly caught a bus to Chillán (I had a Starken box to pickup there). Realized when I got to my Airbnb that I had a bunch of dirt on my face :-D.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once again the little solar panel on my pack kept everything fully charged. This section is not as beautiful as section 6 but I still quite liked it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-29 to 2024-Mar-06 / 7 days / Hiking / NOBO / Puente El Inglés - Control Fronterizo Laguna del Maule/ RR + Option 06C + Option H (half) + Option F + Option B +Option 01A, B and C  / Alex &amp;amp; Christophe'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section is nice but not our favorite. There is some long dirt road walking in some big valley. But sometimes you can find some fresh fruits in the trees (especially near Carrizales) and the road walk feels a bit less boring. Our favorite part was Pass {07-06C} [1.7/2187] where the view is incredible. Maybe not the most used or maintained path but nothing dangerous and it totally worth the extra hiking hour. The trail and the camps near Laguna Dial were also really nice. And finally, as everybody, we found the Hot Spring {07-F} [0.7/1357] really pleasant after a long, dusty and hot day in the valley.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are our points needed to be mentioned :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started this section after a resupply in San Fabián De Alico. Since there is no more bus to Puente El Inglés, we hitchhiked and got a lift after maybe 30min to 3 km before El Puente Inglés.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we passed Puesto {07} [86.4/1212] (Irma), we tried to buy some cheese but nobody was here (maybe because it was Sunday). We only found some aggressive dogs on the property. We also encountered 2 or 3 other dogs who where barking and coming to us in this valley. I think they where the most agressives dogs we saw during nearly 3 month on the GPT. Hopefully, we weren't bitten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The carabineros in Carizales are the nicest we met. They gave us water with harina tostada and even 2 packs of jam when we left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fords were all really easy to cross but it is not possible to cross the river at Ford {07} [80.6/1149]. The river bank is too high and you can't go near the water at this place. We just wen't a little bit further and found a place where 4x4 cross the river and it was really easy (maybe at the half of option H).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We finished this section at Control Fronterizo Laguna del Maule at 2pm. We hitchhiked for 45min before being taken. The car drove us directly to Talca to resupply before section 6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-feb-13 to 2024-feb-19/ 7 days / hiking / NOBO / RR + 0H 1C, part of 1B, 1D, 1E, G / Juliet and Martin '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1: We set off from Thermas del Medano after taking the bus from Talca (no bus at weekends, bus from Monday to Friday). We walked for about 1 hour along route 115 before being picked up and given a lift to the border post. We opted for option 1C, which runs along the laguna del Maule, and to take option 1D we used part of option 1B to reach the RR the next day. We camped near Hector's puesto after his agreement. We encountered several puestos along the way. Several watering holes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2. We rejoined the RR to go to carrizales. The little store was open. We were able to get something to eat and drink, in addition to a warm welcome. We went a little further to sleep. We met Danilo, who helped Jan along the way. It was great. Great bivouac spot with water and above all shade! Camp {7} [62,5-1322]. Recommended. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3. On Danilo's advice, we took variant 9 for a few km. &lt;br /&gt;
We passed many puestos and were even invited to taste a harissa tostada. We went to buy cheese at Irma's puesto and bivouacked not far away (with her agreement). &lt;br /&gt;
Regular water spots. No difficulty in crossing the various rivers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4. In the morning, we passed through a carabinieros station. They were very kind and gave us internet access as we were worried about the weather based on information given by locals. After being reassured, we climbed up to the laguna del dial. No particular difficulty. We bivouacked a little later at the first camp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5. A short day along the laguna. It goes up and down, but it's really beautiful. We pass a lot of herds. Less water on this day, but enough not to carry too much. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 6. Another short day as we were early and seduced by the Ford camp some 23km before the end of GPT07. Several water spots. Lots of easy downhill. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 7. Last day's walk to puente Inglès. Arriving at puente Inglès, we ask at the small store. Apparently, there is no longer a bus running between puente Inglès and san fabian. We were picked up hitchhiking all the way to san fabian. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Feb-16 to 2024-Feb-24 / 8.5 days  / SOBO /  / Matthias de Austria'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bus from Talca to El Medano 12:30. Hitchhike up to Laguna del Maule with 3 cars, reach lake at 16:00.&lt;br /&gt;
Water: plenty, lots of unmarked sources, never carried more then 1 or 2 liters. Low amount of Tabanos.&lt;br /&gt;
No snowfields, all fordings very easy. Weather warm and sunny, except 1 day of rain and cold temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quite a few closed gates, all easy to open.&lt;br /&gt;
Camp at 44.6 is bad, small stream nearby along a cowshitmeadow. Rabbit holes in camp and all full of rabbit poo.&lt;br /&gt;
Don't follow the RR at -36.063395, -70.834222 but instead the road. RR leads to a new massive fence with no gate and hard to climb at around Gpt07-01h End.&lt;br /&gt;
Shop in Carrizales, 58.2, was open at early sunday afternoon. Tiny room with a few mostly empty shelfs. Got some sugary stuff and a beer. They have WiFi. Local police guy was there too, very friendly, name is Matias, greet him from me when your there or at the local police station you will walk by earlier on RR.&lt;br /&gt;
Ford 60.3 has a small log bridge. Warm spring F was totally worth it for me and I spent a few hours there, however if you come from the south you might be disappointed - the hot spring in Gpt 8 is way better. Camp 62.5 was good beside the usuall cow/horseshit. Mid February Rio Guaiquivilo had nice swimming options around -36.20990,-70.90613 and a bit further south. The fording for cars and horses is at -36.271860,-70.923030. Water levels where mostly low and current tame, lots of options to cross. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1kg goat cheese at Irmas for 13500 peso, very delicious,  no bred. 3 big white aggressive barking shepperd dogs few hundred meters before Irmas surrounding me and come very close, keep them at distance with my hiking poles.&lt;br /&gt;
Around -36.30252,-70.91928 it was very swampy. Friendly police at 92.7, water to refill and got a soda. Laguna Dial was nice for swimming, but very windy from noon to nightfall. Water at 116.3 was dry, but shortly after theres enough water. Rio Cisternas was partly dry, but at camps 116,5 and 114.9 had plenty of water - just not inbetween. No pools though. Warm spring 124.6 isn't worth it, way too tiny. Bridge 137.6 is gone, but dry feet crossing was possible by jumping ovee the rocks under the destroyed Bridge. Little shop in Puente El Inglés was open in the evening and had eggs, noodles, beer, icecream, lots of sugarystuff (don't buy that white packaged and the black packaged chocolate stuff in the backwall of the shop, big package but almost empty inside. Total scam. They had no bred in the evening nor in the next morning, but said in the afternoon bred would be available.&lt;br /&gt;
Nice section, best for me was the warm spring and laguna Dial. Spent a lot of time bathing and swimming and just enjoy the view. No difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
Work in progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Feb-1-2024 to Feb-6-2024 / 5 days / SOBO / Oh3, RR, Var H, RR / Matthieu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long section with a lot of nice meetings on the way, espacially at the beginning in the pueblitos. Laguna Dial is magnificient and the water of good temperature. First part of MR a little bit boring though, but plenty of cars to hitch. No particular difficulties except the sun in the part from Rio Guaiquivilo to the pass after the laguna, no trees for shadow. The way may be slippery in this part to, on steep slopes, sometimes have to really take your time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
River crossing : I crossed Rio Guaiquivilo where begin variant H. Lots of division that you can see from the pass before, this way easy to adapt the strategy. Thigh deep with weak current, knee deep with stronger current but nothing hard. No other strong rivers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Water : plenty on the way, no need to carry liters in the pack, with minor streams not marked on the GPT waypoints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Camps : everywhere. Special regards to camp 62.5 with the thermas nearby where you can enjoy a good hot bath before sleeping, and camp 104.5 where you can hide from the wind with the big wall of lava. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Variant H : at the beginning, you have the choice to follow GPT tracks (steep slope) or go up the hill on a well marked trail. I recommend to go up the hill, following the steep slope is dangerous at times. The rest of the variant is easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hitched to san fabian before puento Ingles on the minor road.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Jan-31 to 2024-Feb-03 / 4 Days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + OH 01 / Joscha'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1:0H07-01C + OH07-01B [5,6-8,4] + 0H07-01D + 0H07-01E + RR [44,6-49,3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I hitched from El Medano to the Laguna del Maule. The guards at the border control north of Laguna de Maule let me pass without controlling me. At km 6,4 of OH07-01B is a locked gate, but its possible to climb around. You have to ford Rio Saso multiple times, but water is max. ankle high. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2: RR [49,3-62,4] + OH07-F to Hotspring and back + RR [62,4-77,9] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OH07-F is a short detour to a Hotspring. It's big enough for 1 person to lie in. There is a cold stream next to it and a tree offers some shade. Nice break spot. Ford 76,9 was below Knee high in the evening. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3: RR [77,9-107,5] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I forded Rio Guaiquivilo at 9 am at the gpx tracks (km 80,6), but came out a little further downstream. Water went around knee high (I am 191 cm tall).The police at the station km 92,7 took a picture from my passport and wanted my phone number. They were friendly. I forded Rio Paralelo at 2 pm at the gpx tracks (km 95,3). Water went around knee high. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4: RR [107,5-145] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rio Gonzales is an easy ford. RR [143,2 to 155,3] is a dirtroad. I got a hitch for the last 10 km to puente ingles on a saturday evening.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT07 is mostly walking along rivers in different valleys. I really liked Laguna Dial and Laguna de Maule, otherwise its nice but not very spectacular. You will meet a lot of Arrieros on this section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Jan-10 to Jan-23 / 14 days / SOBO (mostly) / Opt 1B, 3, 4, 4C, 4D, 8 / Kasia and Michael'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 0&lt;br /&gt;
From Molina we took the bus to Talca. The bus from Talca to El Medano still only leaves early in the morning, at 3:00 in the afternoon, and sometime in the evening. We took a bus to San Clemente hoping to catch different transportation, but no luck. The town itself is not particularly charming, however the square is nice and has places to sit and you can find some shade. There is also a coffee shop half a block off the plaza that has decent espresso at a good price. The bus from Talca passes through San Clemente at the bus stop in front of the Unimarc on the main road. We caught the bus to El Medano and arrived there around 5:30. From there we began to walk the road towards Laguna Maule hoping to catch a hitch. After about an hour of walking a couple picked us up and we rode in the back of the truck as far as Cascada Invertida. It is an interesting spot with a waterfall that has a constant wind blowing some of the water back up the waterfall. Worth a stop if you have time. From there we road-walked another two kilometers to a camp site that is popular with local rock climbers. There are plenty of campsites and a pozo for water and washing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 1&lt;br /&gt;
From the campsite we walked back to the road and quickly caught a hitch as far as the border control point. No issues getting through border control; there is a separate line for people just going to the lake. We didn't talk to anyone, no one took our documents and we just walked right through one door and out the other. The road up to the lake is a road-walk but not that long. At the lake we started up Option 1B. We hiked up a ways, but there was a tongue of snow that was on a steep angle, extremely slick, and large pieces easily broke off. It seemed dangerous to try to pass, so we opted to hike back down and onto the road. Option 1K is a path that avoids going back through border control and ends on the highway. (If going SOBO and wanting to avoid BCP, look for a broken gate a little less than a half km before BCP and follow the road up.) From there we caught a hitch fairly quickly all the way to the beginning of Opt 3. We walked Opt 3 up for about six kilometers to a campsite marked Puente Enemigo on Gaia. Free public camping with river access. About a half km further on is a similar site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 2&lt;br /&gt;
We started walking up the road early. The road is very dusty and the tabanos were pretty unbearable. We caught a hitch with a group of hunters and fishers going out for the weekend. They ended up taking us all the way to the end of Opt 3 and to where Opt 4 begins. We walked to the beginning of Opt 4B, but the water was too high and the current to strong, so we camped near Rio Guaiquivilo for the night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 3&lt;br /&gt;
We took Opt 4A up and over the hill, an easy walk. The ford in the river was about crotch height with fairly strong current, however we passed where the cars drive through to get to the other side. We continued on Opt 4 which goes through farmland, a lot of which is swampy. If going through, choose footing carefully. We noticed that where the little white flowers grow is usually more stable ground than where the yellow flowers or just grass are. We went down to the river and camped under a tree just where the path drops to the river level, a little before the marked camping site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 4&lt;br /&gt;
We continued on Opt 4 hiking along the river bed. It was slow going and we had to ford many times throughout the day as the river braids back and forth across the valley. All fords were easy, knee height at most but generally lower. It was actually easier crossing rivers than walking along the river bed since there are so many large rocks. We followed the path where it goes up the hill for about a kilometer and a half and then ran into an area where the trail had collapsed. It may have been passable but we felt that it seemed too dangerous so we turned back. When we returned to the river bed we started hiking further up the river bed to see if it was possible to go on a lower route. We camped in the river bed for the night. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 5&lt;br /&gt;
We got a late start that morning. We walked up the Rio Gonzales spending the entire day in our water shoes. We probably crossed the river two dozen times, excellent training in river fording. Some fords at crotch height, most at knee or lower. The water was a beautiful color, an excellent temperature, and there were plenty of places to go swimming. By 17:00 we had only made it half way to the marked ford point below the pass, so we turned around. We were not able to determine if it would be possible to go all the way to the final river ford before the pass. However, even if it is not possible to get to the pass, if one has time this is worth a day trip. Every bend in the river had interesting things to look at, it was exceptionally beautiful, and just very pleasant to spend a hot day half submerged in the water. Obviously this is only feasible when the water level has dropped for the season. We camped in the same spot as the night before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 6 &lt;br /&gt;
We decided to try Opt 8. We walked down the river taking Opt 4C until Opt 4D, then crossing the river there and reconnecting with Opt 4. The path up the hill on Opt 4D was a little tricky to find, but it was there; head to the left. We followed Opt 4 NOBO for a bit, then cut across the valley toward a puesto we had noticed on the way up. This is easily visible in the valley as it is marked by several very tall trees (poplars I think) that stand out against the landscape. We passed by there and chatted with the arrieros for a short while who confirmed that the pass to Achibueno was passable and that we could continue on the south side of the river. It was getting late at that point so we camped near the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 7&lt;br /&gt;
We continued parallel to Opt 8 on the south side of the river. First the land is swampy, then dry. Look for an OSM track that is about 2.3 km long. Stay below the canal that the arrieros built until the OSM track begins, then cross over the canal and follow it. When it drops back down to the river, there was a small section of very mucky swamp. We had to build a rock bridge to cross it. After that, cross the river and reconnect with the GPT track. We went up and over the pass, it is a bit difficult but easy to follow. I will heavily caveat this by saying many groups of arrieros had been through this season. I think doing it in a season prior to the arrieros passing through would be challenging. The view at the top of the pass over Laguna Achibueno was absolutely stunning; it looked like something out of a movie. We dropped down to the first camp site marked. It was a grassy plain with relatively little wind, some mosquitoes, and lots of little black bugs that did not seem to bite. Camped there for the night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 8&lt;br /&gt;
We got a late start again, being tired since we had not taken a rest day. We went down the other side of the pass. Same as the day before, tricky but absolutely passable, but probably much more challenging prior to arrieros passing through. The valley below was beautiful and green, a lot of Andean oak. We found a camp site a little past the first marked camping. At the bottom past the sign for the Laguna and the sendero, there is a small hill with several large oak trees. Nice views on three sides of mountains and the waterfall, a stream close by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 9-11&lt;br /&gt;
We stayed camped in the same spot for a rest day. We got invited to join the festival of San Sebastian that a large group of arrieros and local farmers were holding. We met a lot of really nice people and ate a ton of really amazing asado. Everyone was so incredibly welcoming, kind, and generous. This will absolutely be one of our most enduring memories of the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 12&lt;br /&gt;
Refreshed from the rest and all the meat, we continued on Opt 8. The trail out was really enjoyable, lots of Andean oak, very fantasy-like landscape. The bridge over Rio Achibueno was destroyed. We found a ford point about 50 m upstream from the mark on the track. Waist deep and a little tricky, but we managed. Camped at La Gloria down near where the estero meets the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 13&lt;br /&gt;
Continued on Opt 8. Wood plank “bridges” on the esteros from La Gloria on. This is a popular hiking trail, we started seeing lots of day hikers and casual hikers. We took Opt 8 instead of switching to Opt 8A, which we regretted. Opt 8 up is through a very green, but very dry and dusty forest. From the last crossing of the estero there was no water until after the pass. We also hiked it during a heat wave which made it extra challenging. It would be possible to camp on the pass which is low and has a lot of trees and flat space. There is a waterfall a ways down the far side for water. The road down to Estero Los Guayes was not difficult, but half way down you are just waking through a commercial pine plantation. The road is dusty and is mostly fenced in both sides with very infrequent access to the estero. There is also no camping officially allowed according to a resident; they said the Carabineros will come and tell you to leave. We found a spot to stealth camp in front of a small abandoned corral that was not visible from the road. Didn't have any issues. Opt 8A has camping marks on Gaia and is the main access for people driving in to hike, so this seems a better option for either hiking or hitching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Day 14&lt;br /&gt;
Continued to walk out on Opt 8. Hot, dusty, tons of tábanos. After about 3 hours we caught a hitch all the way to Linares.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2024-Jan-12 /  6 days / Hiking / SOBO /  RR  / Tanja '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Easy hitch from El Medano to the RR trailhead in the morning. No right of way issues. There’s a big gate that was closed but 15 meters to the right the fence is broken. No one there at a Friday morning at 8h30. Even the local guy that gave me a ride knew that there was a trail. Further up where the trail turns at the first river crossing there’s a big landslide of rocks covering the road. Doesn’t look like any/many cars would come through here these days. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Crossed Rio Guaiquivilo on midday further upstream of where the gpx track suggests (-36.27219, -70.92341 is where I came out). River has two arms there and is pretty wide. I’m 1,65m, water up to mid thighs at deepest spot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had a first attempt where I felt water was flowing slowly and river had just one arm but way too deep for me. Choose your spot wisely, stay focused and be patient. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Did not meet any other hikers but had several really nice encounters including an asado in one of the puestos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heaps of water. Never carried more than a liter. Campsites everywhere. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lagoon doesn’t have trees but on that little beach in the middle there is an old wooden structure. You could tie a groundsheet or tent fly on top of it to create some shade. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Crossed bridge at km145 over Rio Los Sauces as I wanted to get a ride into San Fabian which worked after a bit of roadwalking. Stayed at Cabanas Nativas. Paid 30.000 CLP for a two person cabin after asking for a discount as I was solo. Was last cabin available. Laundry service is 8.000CLP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Dec-22 to 2023-Dec-27 /  5.5days / Hiking / SOBO / {07-03}-{07-04A}-{07-04}-{07-04C}-{07-04}- RR  / Lilian'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avoid of right of way dipute and crossing Rio Guaiquivilo, so i go for {07-03}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{07-03} Km6.1 - km7.2 : Lot of campong spot beside the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pass[11.8/1175] : not a camping place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shop,camp[16.3/801] : the shop is not at GPS marked, it is at km16.1. When you come down from pass when get close, you can see your left side have a red roof house, with some ice cream+drinks sign at front gate. When i get to there, shop is open but nobody, only a black dog watching me, take me about 10min to figure out the shop owner is working in farm behind the house.&lt;br /&gt;
I called him loudly and he noticed me. He is a nice and very friendly guy. I ate canned fish, bread, ice cream and coke in the shop for lunch, yummy yummy!&lt;br /&gt;
The shop mostly for alcohol, but you still can buy some small items for chill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Km17.4 : start from here, lot of possible camping spots beside the dirt road in this valley&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Km17.4 - km40 : good cell service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bridge[33.1/763]: dont cross it, it is impossible to cross Río Melado come back to this side by {07-08G}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Police[20.5/775] : they'll mark down your basic information, destination and the reason why go in this area. Friendly, they give me some ice cold water to drink!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shop,camp[25.7/813] : look like is closed, sign for private area&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Km29.5 : look like a small shop for drinks and ice cream here, with a sign&amp;quot;BEBDIAS HELADAS CIGARROS&amp;quot; at the front gate. But no luck, nobody home when i was there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bridge[38.4/936] : i love this bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ford[41.9/1031] : look like up tp thighs at road crossing, log bridge for dry feet crossing upstream 50m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I forget to mark the location, 1 more stream flowing up to knee, also a log bridge upstream 20m for crossing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Settlter[51.6/1138] : a small stream crossing, bridge downstream 15m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Water[56.8/1117] : two dirt road crossing the river here, downstream one is deeper like up to waist and much stronger. Upstream one is easier, it break to 2 part by an island, first part go downstream 5m, rock bar underwater, flowing strong and just above knee at late afternoon. After arrive the island, go upstream back to road crossing point, easy crossing there for second part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OH-MR-V{07-03}[56.8+1.5] : the middle part is washed away by huge flood, you can walk, but no more dirt road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{07-03} Km59.0 : just like Lukas en Tess said, the river is impossible to cross at this moment. So i turn to {07-04A} then {07-04} to keep going south. Also {07-04B} is impossible to hike too, because it need to cross 2 times of that river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{07-04} km6.8 : river breaks into 2 parts by an island. There are 2 bridges for crossing, cross the first one, then walk downstream 200m on the island to cross the second bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First bridge : -36.24670, -70.95043&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second bridge: -36.24481, -70.94877&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mostly you can follow a trail on {07-04C} easily until {07-04C} km7.0, then the trail become hard to find and follow, so i walk on the riverbed by my own way. If you want, you can cross the river to join {07-04}, but just remian a little part of trail (others maybe wash away by flood).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walk to the end of riverbed at {07-04} km18.8, the trail shows you need to cross the river and climb up to the west. Dont cross the river at RR, it is flowing fast and strong, and look like up to waist at afternoon. At downstream 60m, river breaks into 2 parts, just before the breaking, the river becomes wider, cross at the wide point, it is fast too, but just above knee. When you arrive the west side and meet RR, you'll walk on a trail again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{07-04} Km21.1 : Pass, some flat spots at this area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the trail in a beautiful valley until km28.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pass[28.7/1959] : excellent view point of Nevado de Chillán! Still lot of snow of the north side! Beautiful!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hot spring[38.6/1306] : i hope you don't have any expectations on it and the one beside it. It is just a warm spring at the GPS point, maybe 30°C, a little hotter small pool at upstream, but it is surrounded by tons of cow poops. You wouldn't smell sulfur, because the smell all covered by ....... And i saw one of them is floating inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hot spring[38.7/1312] : it is much hotter, like boiled water, but very spread, flowing very weak and no pool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puesto[38.8/1304] : after here, you need to cross Rio La Zorra 4 times immediately. Up to knee at morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ford[41.1/1236] : after this river crossing, from here to Puesto[48.5/1102], is overgrown with thorny plants, more up and down and distance than GPX said. Leave more time for it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ford[48.6/1109] : RR crossing is impossible for this moment, flowing strong and look like need to swim to cross because too deep my feet can't touch the riverbed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But there are better crossing point, when you stand at RR crossing, look at upstream, river breaks into 2 parts, go to there. Get to upstream even 50m more than the break. You'll see a huge white rock, cross before it, it is the widest point of the first part, just half of calf, easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you get on the island, continue going upstream a little about 30m, it is the widest point of the second part, also half of calf, easy. You can walk on the rock bar of second part, back to RR, a camping spot with fire ring and log seats there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OH-MR-V {07-04} [48.7+13.4] : please don't have any expectations on it, it is an overgrown with thorny plants, loose rocks, old and damaged dirt road, you wouldn't enjoy it. Look like no cars running on it for some years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{07-04} km53.3 : finally!! The road go under tree line, road conditions become nice, easy walking start!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No luck, there was no bus on Wednesday 10am to San Fabián. So i walk a little further to see hitch hike possibilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FYI : bridge{07} [155.3+1.7/703](cable car crossing) is chain locked. Look like can't use in some moments. But i find another cable car is at 600m before it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OH-TL-V {08-A} [1.2],  -36.66468, -71.27290&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-dec-17 / 6 days / hiking / NOBO /  O7 + O4 + O8 + O8C / Jens'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was all pretty straightforward. The only hard part was on option 8C between the lagoon and where it joins option 3. Rough terrain. No trails. All cross country. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I really enjoyed Option 8. Many huge waterfalls and lush forests. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Done the supply in Talca. At that time buses only ran once a day from La Mina. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very limited supply in La Mina and El Medano. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.30 from La Mina to Talca&lt;br /&gt;
15.00 from Talca to La Mina&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buses to and from Armadillo are more frequent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-dec-9/ 7 days / hiking / SOBO /7-1B, RR, 7-3, 7-4 / Lukas en Tess'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We stayed a night at el Medano coming from Talca to resupply. Next day we hichhiked to Laguna del Maule to start hiking 7 option 1 B to join RR at K30. We did this to avoid the right of way dipute and the steep climb in the snow. A guy called Arturo gave us a lift and he was in charge of the clearing of the road to Argentina. He told us that what they are doing now they usually do in August!!! Following 7 option1B was no problem exept for a strange snowlake we had to cross we tried to stay at the edge as much as possible. Breaking through the top layer of snow just gave you really wetand icy cold feet but you didnt fall in completely.&lt;br /&gt;
From there we had no issues folowing RR until Rio Las Yeguas. The river was the toughest ford we did but we managed, Tess clamping on to my backpack and moving together. The best place was just where RR crosses, we tried moving up and down the river a couple 100 meters to no avail. We continued al the way down to the termas, the minishop on the way was not open. Termas are great! We met a lot of&lt;br /&gt;
Awesome caballeros at the camp and we shared food and drink and they gave us a lot of advice. Some offered to help us cross Rio Guaiquivillo but others argued that is was not possible. One guy crossed with his horse and the water came over the back of the horse!! So turning back and following 7 option 3 seamed the best option. That soon turned into 7 option 4 as we were unable to cross the River at 7-3, K59. We where able to cross with a small bridge at a puesto where we met some great people, they told us a guy passed 3 days before and we were able to track his footprints al the way to the end of section 7. The route option 4 is great at times, horrible at others but the perfect alternative. We didn't get to see Laguna Del Dial but the amazing mountain forests we passed made up for it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Dec-17 to 2023-Dec- 22 / 6 days / Hiking / NOBO / RR + option 4 + option 3 + option 1 / Yannick &amp;amp; Nolwenn'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Water : all markers are good and even more water present&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Snow : a little bit of snow left on the pass and around Laguna del Maule but nothing important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Camping spot : easy to find&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- River crossing : (1) option 4 at km 7,8 - the water was really high in the afternoon and the current really strong, Nolwenn thankfully got helped by some caballeros to cross it | (2) on RR at km 47,7 Rio Las Yeguas was crossable in the morning, take your time to find a good spot to cross | the other river crossings were easy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Weather :  Sunny&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Resupply : (1) in Carizales at km 58,2, you can ask for Dagoberto he has a little ' negocio where he sells some beverages and he will try to have some food as well to sell | (2) the mini market at El Medano is not enough, (3) we went to Talca because we had to buy new shoes (lot of good hiking shop)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2022/23==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Jan-03 to 2023-Jan-09 / 5 days / Hiking / SOBO / David and Erika'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We shortened this route by 25 km with a resupply at the restaurant in Los Alamos (past the ghost town of Los Ciprese) Great peeps there, who served us breakfast, recharged batteries, sold us enough ramen and soup to keep us going.  For another 5 days.  Also gave us a lift to a road above the border crossing at Laguna del Maule, avoiding an unnecessary conversation with boarder guards.  It intersects OH-CC-A{07-01C} and starts at where the lake begins, also know as GPT section 2 alts Laguna Dial.  This is a great at and plenty of water in Jan.  Eliminated also the 500 meter climb and avoids some locked gaits and right of passage issues.  Pretty straight forward from there till the end.  One Pyrenes puppy trailed us after passing a Puesto.  Owners said the puppy didn’t come back.  If that happens again, they suggest to deter the puppy from following by using a stick.  We found that the settlers at the first water source after the English bridge (marked Water, Settlement {07} [150.6/834]-36.61455, -71.2763) is a delightful family who offered us refuge, a lift in the morning to San Carlos, and lively entertainment.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Mar-23 to 2023-Mar-30 / 8 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Hannes, Luisa and Noemi '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hitchhiked from San Clemente to Laguna del Maule (there are some buses to El Colorado). First night up the valley, second night we slept in Carizales. Little before we were welcomed at the puesto de Carabineros who gave us harina tostada, warm bread, marmelade and juice and showed us the way to the mini shop; Friendly owner there who let us sleep close to the shop. Next day we slept in the middle of this amazing huge and warm valley where Irma and Co. make their cheese...the following day we stood at her puesto and had a great evening with some local arrieros. The day after we went up to the Laguna and camped at the first lake fed by the Laguna, was a great option, nearly no wind and warm water to swim in....Next days (2,5 more) all along to get out at Los Sauces. A section which impressed by the people we met, not so much because of the trail, which has been rather annoying sometimes because of entire valleys to be walked through....Laguna Dial was a highlight but the rest just walking to get in and out with no super special highlights. This is a section where you get loads of contact with arrieros and this makes this section so unique. Value is more on the people than on the panorama.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2023-Jan-24 to 2023-Jan-29 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + Option 7/ Ondrej '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Medano - Puente Inglés&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, GPT07 has many different faces which I really enjoyed - alpine-like pastures, mighty rivers, an impressive laguna, and even forests for the last 25km. Most of the trail goes through long valleys. There is minimum of steep descents and ascents. However, the length and the afternoon heat still make this section challenging. Occassional fruit trees, mini-shops, arrieros, and friendly carabineros make this trail even nicer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the 1st day, I started hitchhiking from El Medano at 8am Tuesday, no luck after 20 min so I decided walking, hitched a car in the middle (after 6km). As I got to the fence at the trailhead, there were two cars but no one outside, so I just walked around it and all was ok. Path up the first valey was nice, there is a beautiful green plateau afterwards (what a pleasant change after gpt06!). Cows sometimes camp at the “camp” waypoints. Better not to 100% rely on the marked spots and look for other places. In general there are many good spots for camping. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 2nd day marked a slow descent to Carrizales, easy trail and nice views, water pastures can be avoided by following the cliffs alongside the valey. Just be careful, some rocks are unstable - I fell once and scratched myself. On a sidenote, I was quite impressed by the birds that start screaming like an old alarm clock as soon as they spot you, so every being in the valey knows you’re there. Carabineros in Carizales are the best guys ever. They served me a chilled cola and taught me how to prepare harina tostada (i also got some from them). I showed them how the satellite comm device works in return. I camped at the amazing hotsprings after Carozzales. I met two arrieros there who were just leaving. No one else showed up, so I rolled out my mat just next to the hotsprings (there is not enough space for a full tent, but a mat fits quite nicely) and spent a night there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3rd to 5th days are again slow descents/ascents through valleys. Fords are very easy at this time, not above knees. Cheese from Irma is great (10k CLP per kilo) but pack it at least in two ziplock bags otherwise you’ll have the excess liquid all in your backpack like I had. Irma also had beer, cookies, chips and tuna. Laguna Dial is beautiful but indeed no shade. I camped in the middle at one of the camping spots on the shore. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the 6th day I was walking along Rio Gonzáles. From km 130 the section is full of forests and extremely beautiful. The fords are fun. Once the route reached the bridge (km 143.1), I decided to follow the advice of other folks and took the alterative option 7 (i.e. staying at the left bank of the river). The climb is significant for the first 6km of the optional route (about 500m in altitude) and without a proper shade. Fortunately there are multiple streams around during the climb. Once you get to about 1200m in altitude, an oak forest starts, another face of gpt07, very beautiful. At about there the trail forks into two paths. I took the option 07-B (the southeastern path of the fork) and it was a bad choice. The trail was hard to find and there were overgrown parts. After some trying I decided to turn back to the fork and continue with the north-west route. The trail there was very well marked and easy to follow. So my advice is once you reach the fork, take the path to your right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buses from Puente Inglés to San Fabian go at 7am and 10am. San Fabian has cabanas that tend to be overbooked. Here is my advice: try to book Cabanas Nativas in advance (they are on whatsapp). If not possible, visit them and check on the day. The owner called about 4 other cabana sites for me and tried to find me a spot. He then offered me to stay with them in the last free cabana (for 12 people) for 35,000 CLP (i.e. a price of a small cabana) which was amazing. There are also two camping sites which have always a spot for a tent. The first one is located at (-36.5650377, -71.5525476) and is just next to a river. It is called Camping Jahuel. Price is 6,000 CLP per person. The second one is at (-36.5541935, -71.5406932) and is called Camping Luciernagas. The price is 15,000 per a tent slot. I liked the first camping more.  In terms of resupply, La Montana supermarket has gas canisters. There is also a good supermarket on the main road  (approximately -36.5579937, -71.5514614). San Fabian is overall a lovely city worth spending some time in. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-31 to 2023-Jan-05 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / Option 07 / Tomáš '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This has so far going SOBO been the easiest but also the worst part. Apart from the last 45 km and a few spots, there is a lot of road walking and the long flat valleys are not very spectacular. I wonder how the alternatives compare. Laguna del Dial is not that attractive, there are no trees around it. What is good are fruit trees, from the shop in Carizales there are plume-like trees that probably ripen in late January, at the Laguna there are probably-edible bushes of wild currant (probably ripe in January) and at the end at the penultimate bridge (137.6/1041), there are lots of cherries at a puesto and then 1 km further in a former puesto - these ripen in December.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By this time of the year, all the fords were easy, not above my knees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I ressuplied in Talca, where I got using two cars, it took me about five drivers and about 4 hours to go to the place where GPT branches off the main road. I missed the hot springs in El Medano. The trackfiles want to you to keep walking far to the West of the hut in the fenced compound, but there is a trail close to the fence that can be followed to the minor road behind. There is no cell phone coverage on the major road after the hot springs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first pass is nice, soon after there are lot of puestos and this was the first section where I actually met people-arrieros every day. The descent to the valley is uneventful, once you reach Rio Saso, there is a minor road with very little cars. Carabinieros at Carizales took my details, asked where I went, I said Laguna del Dial and that was that. There was nobody at the shop (and they have very little supply from what I could see from the window) around 1830. They seemed to have wifi in case somebody badly needs it, it is password protected, but you could ask. A few km before the Hot Spring {07-F} [0.7/1357], a trail branches off the main road - then it is about 10 km of trail before you reach the road again. This stretch and a few km around the shop are quite nice despite the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hot springs are nice, perfect temperature. Right next to them, there is place for a single person for sleeping (no tent) otherwise you need to camp further downstream or at the camp waypoint. They can easily be reached in two days, the trail is easy. I managed to miss the second carabinieros befora the Laguna sw Si without really wanting to. The road only ends less then 10 km from the Laguna.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first waypoint &amp;quot;hot springs?&amp;quot; is in the middle of the river, not sure what it is supposed to mean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section from the second pass (the one after the laguna) is really nice, first with some trees, at the end with lots of trees. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second &amp;quot;hot spring? (Hot Spring ? {07} [124.6/1404])&amp;quot; waypoint is real, you need to ford through the canyon a bit (which is fun on its own, there are places where you can leave the canyon about 200 m downstream from the hot spring) to reach it. The water is too hot, it springs not much above the level of the river. I tried to make a pool where the water could cool down but have not finished it. I encourage you to build upon it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then there is a stretch with a lot of fording (there it is gorgeous), one last ford is missing from the waypoints - you need to ford about 20 m along a steep rock face that falls directly to the river. Do not try to go around it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you reach the last bridge where the minor road to the end of section begins (in the files it is mislabeled as trail), I encourage you to stay on the left bank and climb a bit on option 07. It goes through really nice oak (I think) forrest and it is a trail almost to the end of the section. I think this part is almost the nicest of all GPT 07 and I think RR should be routed through this option. The trail is in good condition. From Los Sauces, there are not many cars (congratulations to other people having been lucky). Luckily there are buses at 7 and 10 in the morning to San Fabian. The second bus goes back at two. I think on Sundays it is all shifted by one hour (so it leaves an hour later) but I am not sure. There is signal from the last bridge but there is no cell signal in Los Sauces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-25 to 2022-Dec-31 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR + Option 3 / Martin &amp;amp; Helena'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After some good time spent at El Medano (there was a small shop and kiosk with basic food and drinks) we followed the road for first few kms. At the end at km 11.3 going right to join the trail to the mountains, we went around the security house, greeting the guard from distance and further following the gps. But after joining the minor road we got into a little right of way conflict - there were 2 cars going down the road from the mountains and they stopped to tell us its a private property and its not possible to get through without permission. We tried to explain everything, showing maps and garmin device, no intention to set up fire, ziplock for trash etc, but we got the same answer all over again - its private, not possible to pass and that the way is dangerous anyway. For some time it looked like we would be able to obtain the permission from the guard, so we agreed to go with them back to the security house, but at the time it was getting dark already, the guard didnt seem to worry about us, but we understood they will not let us go through - we were told that the permission is not possible to get now and that there is another way around which turned out to be the option 3 going through the next valley. The family offered us to take us to their house and to the other road (start of 07-03) the next day which we accepted, eventhough it would be probably possible to refuse and somehow sneak into there, we decided to respect their will and it turned out to be really nice evening with this family, we learned a lot about the place.  Option 3 was not that intersting, basically a dirt road all the time. Shop at km 16.3 is actually on the opposite side than what shows the gps, just a few meters back, you cant miss that. There is a wide selection of drinks, beer and wine (probably locals favorites) and some basic things like canned fish, biscuits etc. Possibly even some food that we have seen on the sign, but didn’t ask. A lot of annoying tabanos everywhere in this part. Shop in Carrisales is really small but still something to look forward, it has even beer and ice cream. It is run by a friendly man who’s looking after the property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We really liked the whole stretch in the valley and around all the puestos. We forded the river in its wider part after marked hot spring and walked on the other side. Some parts were a little more exposed on the trail we took but otherwise easy to follow. We have seen even some people camping and fishing there. The way to Irma’s puesto is well described below. Stopping there is a must, they invited us to sit with them for a while in the evening and let us camp on their yard (honestly not the best place with all the animals 😄). But we bought some drinks, beer (!) and even pan + goat cheese in the morning. 1 kg of cheese was for 16k CLP i believe. At police station we had no problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next few kms were quite exhausting for us in the hot weather, but we made it to Laguna Dial in the afternoon. Good place to have some rest in the beginning where is a rock on the other side. On that day we made it aprox. half way around the lake where we met some Argentinian fishermen still celebrating their World Cup win, what a nice encounter. We didn’t have any problem on the rest of the trail and it took us 2 more days to El Ingles. Last ~20km on the road are fast, but its still up and down quite a lot. We finished this section on 31st Dec in the afternoon. With no hope of any bus going to the town we bought some snacks and beer in a small shop in some construction site by the main road and continued in the direction to the south. After less than 15m waiting in a bus station by the cable car a car arrived and took us all the way to San Fabian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: @martin_hanzelka @helenneka&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-26 to 2022-Dec-31 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Will '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Médano - Puente Inglés &lt;br /&gt;
I had a tougher time than expected on this section, but overall still a good experience. My pace ended up similar to section 6, at times slower but with the occasional fast road to make up for it. I spent a lot of time trying to keep my feet dry but they always just ended up getting wet anyway, I had a bunch of blisters by the end of day two. My main advice just be to accept it and just trudge straight through the waterlogged pastures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meeting the arrieros/settlers along the way was one of the highlights. No one seemed to mind me passing through their country. Most of the time we'd just wave, and sometimes they'd call out and chat for a bit. They had some amazing yells. There was no one at the shop in Carrizales when I passed through at 4:30, but I did manage to get a fanta and some great goat cheese later from Irma. The cheese lasted well through a day and a half of hiking in the heat. 500g was the least she'd sell, so I just ate a bunch of it with chips for my last few meals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone I passed told me about another pair of hikers doing the same route, but a day ahead of me. I never caught up with them, but I know their footprints well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The horseflies were really swarming on some stretches, they made a few nights and lunch breaks pretty uncomfortable. But I found that if I just kept walking I'd normally find a bug free spot within an hour or so. I never figured out how to predict where I'd find them. There were generally more at lower altitude and sheltered places, with lots of exceptions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fords were all easy for me, the highest came up to my thighs (I'm 5'11/180cm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I spent the first night at El Médano. They didn't have a midday bus from Talca, the earliest I could go was at 3pm. The vapores were great, but a little hard to find. Pretty much empty at 6pm. The next morning I hitched easily to the start. I decided to start hiking on the other side of the river where I got dropped off, and then ford further down after the building.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I luckily caught a ride from some carabineros pretty early along the road walk at the end, who took me straight to San Fabián.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall a great hike. Doing it in five walking days was reasonable, but felt a bit rushed for me. The second half was definitely more enjoyable for me. If I could go back in time I'd probably hitch a bit further to the Laguna del Maule and do one of the options starting from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-17 to 2022-Dec-23 / 7 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Anna &amp;amp; Christopher '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
El Médano - Puente Inglés &lt;br /&gt;
We started by hitchhiking to the beginning of the dirtroad (11 km from El Médano). At about 7:30 am on a saturday we got a ride within a minute :)&lt;br /&gt;
As Veronica wrote there is a closed gate, but you can walk around it. We met a local living there and he greeted us niceley, so it seems to be no problem.&lt;br /&gt;
The next day we arrived in Carrizales around 4 pm. We resupplied there (the shop has a modest selection). The almacén is basically at the owners house, so one can propably buy sth there pretty late or early in the day. Plus the owner is super nice. She even offered us some fruits and vegetables for free and allowed us to camp  opposite her house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first river crossing was the hardest for us. Anna is 1,63 m and the water reached above her hips. The other two rivers were pretty easy to cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Puente Inglés we hitchhiked to San Fabián. There is also a bus once a day which leaves at 10 am.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 7 is really nice with beautiful views and a very diverse landscape. It gets really hot in the afternoon though.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Dec-07 to 2022-Dec-12 / 5.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Véronica '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Route: El Médano - Carrizales - Río Guaiquivillo - Laguna Dial - Río González - Puente Inglés &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A wonderful stretch of the GPT, I especially enjoyed the second half of it. Decent trails, except when they go into cow pastures or traverse some sandy/scree cliffs where erosion has taken place. Lots of great swimming opportunities, which is good because the midday/afternoon heat gets quite oppresive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some demanding river fords this time of year. The ones that stand out as being particularly difficult are 1: the one after the first pass after Carrizales, 2: Río Guaiquivillo (downright scary), 3: Río Paralelo before Laguna Dial (although not so bad after experiencing Guaiquivillo) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Took the bus from Talca back to El Médano at 3 pm. The &amp;quot;vapores&amp;quot; at El Médano are awesome, and free if you stay at the nearby campground. When I went three next morning at 9 a.m. there was nobody there and I got to try out and enjoy the three different saunas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hitching the 11km along the paved road is pretty easy, but few cars go by. There was no one at the gate/fence when I arrived, easy to go around by following the river a few hundred meters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the last cross-country section before Carrizales, I recommend taking the northern Option D route, as the RR takes you straight into a muddy, flooded cow pasture, and the drier mountainside is covered in pesky, sharp/thorny yellow flowers which will tear through your legs. The northern route has to be better than that! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fences before Carrizales start near the junction where Option H ends, but I found lots of accessible water sources and decent campsites even along the fenced section. The best one was less than a km after the last &amp;quot;settler&amp;quot; waypoint before Carrizales, with lots of shade, grass, and mature trees to the right of the trail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hot springs after Carrizales are definitely worth the detour! They are properly hot, and right next to a beautiful, cool creek. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I'm 165 cm and Río Guaiquivillo was one of, if not the most, demanding ford I've ever done. I went upstream a couple hundred meters from where the RR crosses it, where the river braids into two channels and is wider. The current was fast in the first channel, making little rapids over the rocks, but the water only went midway up my thighs. The second channel the water went up to my hips and nearly swept me downstream. Maybe look for a better place downstream to cross the second channel once you reach the island after the first channel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the river crossing, follow the 4×4 path, not necessarily the GPS RR track. The GPS will try to lead you into knee-deep boggy pastures, but if you follow the 4×4 trail it should (mostly) stay dry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The carabineros at the police puesto took down my passport info and asked when I'd be returning from Laguna Dial. I explained I was continuing onward to Puente Inglés and wouldn't be coming back. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between the police puesto and Río Los Sauces, I only saw 2 people (arrieros), and not a soul at Laguna Dial. Must be a quieter time of year. Laguna Dial is amazing - clear, cold, deep waters perfect for swimming. The trail from the west end of Laguna Dial all the way to the last bridge before Puente Inglés is awesome - clear and easy to follow. The stretch along Río González was probably my favorite part, as you are in frequent forests going along a steep-walled canyon. Plus the fords along that river were not difficult :) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I got offered a ride once I was midway through the hot, dusty road walk to Puente Inglés, and they took me straight through to San Fabian. So I can't comment on the bus schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2021/22==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Feb-28 to 2022-Mar-06 / 7 days / Hiking / NOBO / RR / Carlos '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is now a locked gate to acces the dirt road from/to Road 115 CH at the power station building. I was told it wasn't allowed to enter and was asked how I had got in (going Northbound it was the end of my hike). I explained I was coming from Carrizales on a trail and they opened the gate for me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was a Sunday and oddly enough the guards just happened to be crossing the gate in a pick up just at the very moment I arrived, so couldn't find out if the station is manned during the week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As It was quite obvious they were not happy at all me being there I couldn't scout the place to find a way around but it looked quite possible to walk around the fence, either towards the slope or next to the river. Although if you want to enter (hiking Southbound) and there is a guard at the gate you might be turn around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Feb-06 / 8 days / Hiking / NOBO / RR / Molly and Melissa '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally an easy trail, but tough due to the heat and the heavy pack. Plenty of water despite the dry landscape. Not many panoramic views - instead the attraction consists of meeting the many arrieros and walking through the land where they live. &lt;br /&gt;
We arrived by bus at El Inglés at 3:30 pm and started walking down the very hot, dry gravel road. Lots of places along the river seems great for camping/swimming. After walking a little, a car offered us a ride and dropped us off right before the first bridge. We wanted to camp at the first &amp;quot;hot spring?&amp;quot; waypoint, but there seemed to be no hot springs. From there, a nice path all the way to Laguna Dial. We ended up camping at the second camp waypoint, very nice place for a swim - which was very needed after a very hot day. The first camp waypoint has a puesto as well.&lt;br /&gt;
We passed the police, they were very excited to have visitors and served us soda and biscuits. We camped at the next ford near a big willow. There is a campsite that seems to be used by the arrieros, but not while we were there. &lt;br /&gt;
Irma's daughter sold us some of their cheese. They had goat and cow cheese, 1.5 L colas, beer, wine and sopaipillas. Irma wasn't home. Initially we were chased off by a pretty scary dog, but we were able to approach once some horseback riders appeared and people in the puesto came out and could shout at the dogs. &lt;br /&gt;
After her puesto, we had some trouble finding the right path - the route kept leading off the gravel road with no path in sight. In the end, we just followed the gravel road, returning to the regular route just before the climb at the second &amp;quot;hot springs?&amp;quot; waypoint. This required a river crossing that was a little difficult even in this dry year.&lt;br /&gt;
Pretty easy walk the rest of the way to Carrizales on a gravel road. We found many delicious brambles along the road. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shop in Carrizales had pasta, canned tuna, cakes, many different biscuits, popsicles, chips, bread, sodas, marmelade, harina tostada, batteries, caramels. The town itself consisted of a few houses and an avanzada de carabineros. As mentioned, some fences after the town. We camped at the next &amp;quot;ford&amp;quot; waypoint, on a nice meadow next to the river.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next cross country section, better stick to the route along the mountain side - the whole valley is very wet, and there's often a path to follow along the route. Many animals and puestos all the way up the mountain.&lt;br /&gt;
We camped at the camp/ford waypoint after reaching the last gravel road. A lot of garbage, but we found a nice little place and even caught a trout.&lt;br /&gt;
The main road is pretty big, probably easy to hitch, but goes through some pretty mountains as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Termas el Medano is a nice place as well, there is a big hot pool (with some cold currents in-between) and some smaller lukewarm ones, and you can swim in the river. The entrance is 1000 pesos, but if you camp at the nearby campground (3000 pesos per person), acces is free. There is also a minishop with sodas, chocolate, chips, sunscreen and a few other things, and a restaurant with typical Chilean food. The bus leaves for Talca at 7:10 in front of the parking lot, but you have to call in advance as it only goes that far if they know someone is going - +56994741961.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2022-Jan-17 to 2022-Jan-24 / 8 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Veronika &amp;amp; Jo'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Termas El Médano -&amp;gt; Carrizales (2 days) -&amp;gt; Rio Maule -&amp;gt; Laguna del Dial -&amp;gt; El Inglés (3 days)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greatly enjoyed this section, which took us seven proper hiking days to complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We started at 19:00 at Termas El Médano because the only bus at Talca left at 15:00. Hiked the 11 km of tarmac and camped on the river bank next to 115, about 1 km beyond section 1 (S 35° 52.736', W 070° 40.119', courtesy of iOverlander).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the third section (around S 35° 57.665', W 070° 38.836') we could not find the path on the northern scree and rock slopes. Instead, we switched to the southern valley flank about a hundred meters before the actual switch, fording the small stream easily and following cow trails until we were back on the path. Found a decent camp site (S 35° 52.736', W 070° 40.119') after the first puesto on the mountain plains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From about 10 km before Carrizales, all water and accompanying meadows are fenced in. If you plan to camp before Carrizales, turn back the moment you see fences appear on the side of the road. At the end of a long day, we asked the shop owner in Carrizales if she knew a good spot, and she let us camp on one of their fields (with accompanying barking dogs ;). Still, muchas gracias!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hot springs after Carrizales were the best so far and definitely worth the detour. Señora Irma sold us fresh cheese, tomatoes, bread and coke, even though we happened upon her puesto in the middle of celebrating January 20th - either in the honor of San Sebastian or a victory in the war between Chile and Peru-Bolivia - with friends and family. Thanks again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laguna del Dial was gorgeous and great to swim in. We camped right at the start of the lake (S 36° 25.533', W 070° 55.101') where the water had sufficiently retreated to leave room for one tent. After the lake, we had the impression of taking an arriero highway, encountering plenty of horseback riders, most of them arrieros. For us, it was often hard to understand their dialect, given that we're very novice Spanish speakers. Still, got to see a glimpse of the way these modern day cowboys live.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first bridge you encounter (sobo, around S 36° 33.547', W 071° 10.798') is rickety and unusable. Hence the second smaller bridge a bit further upstream, which I only found out about after fording the river :D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bus at El Inglés to San Fabián left at 7:00 and 10:00 in the morning. At the bridge, the river bank opposite to the shop has some smaller streams pouring into the river, making this the relatively nicer side to camp (though there's plenty of garbage on both sides, despite the signs requesting not to litter). Some Chilean campers showed us the streams, thanks once again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In San Fabián, stayed at Cabañas Anfer Domos for 35.000 CLP per night for two. Cabañas Nativas and Hostal El Molino were both full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2021-Dec-26 to 2022-Jan-04 / 5 days / Hiking / SOBO / Option to Reserva Achibueno /  '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Parque Inglés to the entrance of Reserva Achibueno&lt;br /&gt;
Buy your ticket online for “El Bolsón” on the CONAF website and get to the trailhead before 3pm&lt;br /&gt;
4hrs hike to El Bolsón, a great place with waterfall, great views, nice camping spots, hikers&lt;br /&gt;
TO CHECK: Bus from Molina to Parque Ingles leaves at 9 am (not positive) on week-ends and holidays &lt;br /&gt;
Easy hitch from Radal to Parque Ingles coz lots of campers going there on week-ends&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful a ranger told me the park closes on Mondays &lt;br /&gt;
It took me around 4 days from Parque Siete Tazas Park entrance to the road Q115 (Central Cipreses)&lt;br /&gt;
From Road 115 I hitched to a village by Colbún lake where I resupplied : good supermarkets (a little on the expensive side), food truck , pastry shop &lt;br /&gt;
I didn't like Altos de Lircay NP : after El Bolson (4 hrs in) no fucking shade for 3 days and an half except that of a shelter a little off trail, blazing sun all day, sand sand sand, I found the place so inhospitable, monotonous sights : sand dunes for ever, quite some struggling pedalling in the soft sand, plus I had no gaiters (stupid me) and low heels shoes so that was a bummer. However the place is super special, feels like on the moon (beautiful pictures) and I can understand why many love it&lt;br /&gt;
Some “hot springs” are actually just luke and others just a hole or boiling hot (I added these informations to the track and waypoints I sent to Jan Dudek) so don't be like me fantasizing all day on that fantastic bath you will get or wait for Jan's update (thanks so so much for all you do mate).&lt;br /&gt;
After resupplying I hitched on option 7 XXX all the way the Mellado cañon (really nice, by the river all the time), communities. After hiking South from Carizales (which has a very limited “store”) I was short on time and food and realized bare landscapes over the tree line were not my cup of tea (I prefer hiking below 1700 m in this part of Patagonia) so I left RR and took another option all the way to the West to Reserva Achibueno which I really enjoyed : great landscapes, lakes, rivers and met some cool hikers and fishermen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2020/21==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Season 2019/20==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-30 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / Ian Hikes + Tobias'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overview:&lt;br /&gt;
Just want to say quick that the termas vapaors in Mèdano are worth checking out, I highly recommend them. Please consider checking them out, they are only ½ km off the trail and absolutely worth it. They are sauna boxes built around a few hot rocks emitting hot steam. The result is a steam room/ sauna experience. I personally spend over 4 hours chilling out in the steam rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
After a 2-hour road walk on the side of the highway you make your way back on trial. This section takes you thru many areas used for grazing livestock with puestos in sight almost all the time. Carizales a small settlement right on trail has a small store and the family also sells bread. There was also a puesto that sold us fresh goat cheese and Coca Cola. It is marked as a waypoint on the GPX file about 20km south of Carizales. Much of the trail is very dry and exposed and the landscape is void of trees and vegetation. There are many great places to jump into the river and cool off. The section up and around the lake offers great views of the mountains, volcanoes nearby and Laguna Dial.  The trail itself is well established and never had any real trouble navigation. There were also quite a few hot springs on trail or close by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulties:	Hot and Exposed (especially in summertime). Resupply Distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlights:	Hot springs. Great sweeping views. Pools of cool water to jump into in the middle of the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please feel free to reach out and ask me any questions at Ultratrailca@gmail.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Jan-17 / 7.5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Bruno and Martin '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.5 days for this great section. We resupplied in el Médano and continued with the section. Just enough variety. Highly recomend eating harina tostada, a vital meal for the arrieros, nutritious and practical. Be minded tha in our camping ground in El Médano there were only three hours of electricity a day, may be hard to recharge. Regular trail was easy to follow, except on mountain pastures where is also likely to get your feet wet. Bought some food in Carrizales. Passed through the welcoming puesto of señora Irma for some eggs, bread and cheese. Irma te manda saludos Jan! Laguna Dial is amazing and we stayed one day fishing, resting and swiming in Lake Camp -2. We were invited for some mate and tortas by a local arriero.The Rio Gonzalez valley is a complete change of scenery, with forests which we enjoyed very much. Resupplying in San Fabián. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After talking with the carabineros in San Fabián, we were told that we would not be allowed to pass through the RR near Volcán Chillán, in the last comisaria in El Roble, due to current volcanic risk. Trying instead an optional start further south, in Termas de Chillán. Maybe for next hikers it would be ok, but better to ask anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Jan-3 / 5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Maddie &amp;amp; Tom '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting at El Medano, hiking the regular route southbound towards El Ingles. &lt;br /&gt;
11km in we encountered a gate to get onto the trail with private property signs. However no one was there so we walked in without difficulty by walking around the fence (it was late Christmas Day however so it could have been quiter than normal). In general a nice route however when the track descends into cow pastures it gets very boggy and the track sometimes disappears. We did not think there were any dangerous spots. &lt;br /&gt;
To resupply at the end of the section we took a bus in the morning from Los Sauces (10am) to San Fabian. We caught the same bus back at 1pm. Great selection of cheap food in the local ‘mountain’ supermarket and overall a good town for resupply options. It had methylated spirits for cooking but the bottle did not state the concentration. I suspect around 70%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-29/ 8 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR with optional start at Cruze de Melano / Tyler &amp;amp; America '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We took our sweet time through this section. The optional start helped...as we were able to hitch all the way up to the RR at Carizales. (Bus from Talca @3, 2000 CP each) Hot springs near Carizales were warm &amp;amp; awesome. Two nice little tubs. We took our time and had a great time with all the arrieros along the way. Irma sells beer, wine, and delicious cheese. Other  arrieros will welcome you in and treat you like family as well...so be sure to leave them with whatever you feel fit in return. All river crossings good, be diligent on filtering throughout this entire section. Dog at El Ingles shop bit me, so be careful with that. We camped down by the river for free. Bus leaves at 7:00 and 10:00 to San Fabian, and amazingly friendly town. We got a 1 bed Cabin at Cabanas Nativa for 30,000/N total. Pool, private bath &amp;amp; kitchen, ok WiFi, welcoming people. Fine town for re supply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-18 / 4 days / Hiking / Optional/Exploration Route around Laguna del Maule  / Lea Geibel &amp;amp; Kevin Moe '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After finishing section 5 we only had 4 days left before the end of our hiking time, so we decided to do some exploring in the area instead of following the regular route of section 7. We followed the main road to the Laguna del Maule where we roughly went in a loop around the Laguna (~60km) starting at the Chilean Border Control. We checked in with the border control and informed them about our plans (that involved to not cross into Argentina but stay in Chile, just behind the Border Control). It was no problem for them, we just had to go through the Border Control again on our way back to have our backpacks checked for food. The water level of the laguna is very low and walking along the shore is mostly easy travel on sand/pumice, however, sometimes can be rather rocky and tedious. We climbed up some of the 3000 meter peaks around the Laguna (that mark the border with Argentina), each of them offering beautiful views on the area. There are several beautiful hidden lagunas higher up in glaciers that are well worth exploring. We never followed any particular route but just headed cross country to whichever place we fancied, which is very easy in the open, sandy terrain. The Southern end of the Laguna has many flamingos living in it, the East shore is mostly untouched by humans and the east side has some puestos and fishermen (mostly on weekends and close to the roads) but we didn't see anyone around. Around the Laguna there is a very strong thermal wind that picks up during the day but dies down/weakens a lot during the nights.&lt;br /&gt;
Highlights: all the views, swimming in laguna, lava fields flowing into the laguna, flamingos, numerous obsidian fields, empanadas de queso at the bistro right next to the border control (only open on weekends)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-24 / 7 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Martina &amp;amp; Ivo '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7 days for this awesome section. Absolutely agree with all of Matus &amp;amp; Anna's remarks :-) We went to San Fabian (excellent resupply place) for some days off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2019-Dec-24 / 5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Matus &amp;amp; Anna '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trail was in good conditon. &lt;br /&gt;
River crossings were not a problem but plenty of water everywhere. &lt;br /&gt;
In tienda in Carizales you can buy pasta, tuna, cola, beer some cookies. &lt;br /&gt;
We bought huge chunk of cheese and some bread from Irma. It was amazing. &lt;br /&gt;
Tienda in El Ingles is not best for resupply. We saw some tunas and pasta, but it was not enough for us to buy for next section. There is one more tienda down the road in Los Sauces but it was closed with no one around. &lt;br /&gt;
We took bus to San Carlos which is leaving at 7am. &lt;br /&gt;
We didn't find accomodation in El Ingles but it's possible to camp just before the bridge on the right side of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Feb-07 / 6 days / Hiking / SOBO / Arnaud '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great section, easy to walk, nice people met on the way.&lt;br /&gt;
After 11km, we leave the road with a minor road in a private property (zona geotermica). After discussion with the guard, he let us pass by the rio, and not by the porton (to join the road 400m further) because the access on the road is prohibited... ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
Then the uphill is easy until the top.&lt;br /&gt;
Possible resupply in Carizales with elia, whose welcome with half a sandia was perfect (pasta, atun, frutas y verduras, harina tostada but no gas).&lt;br /&gt;
Laguna del Dial is great to have some rest. Don't hesitate to plan to spend some time there. It seems to be a good spot to fish.&lt;br /&gt;
With the state of the volcan chillan, we decided to skip the section 8 and have some rest in San Fabian.&lt;br /&gt;
From los Sauces to San Fabian, the micro leaves at 11pm only.&lt;br /&gt;
We stayed by the Anfer Domos of Edgardo Lopez (+56 9 630 91 627), which is a great place to have some rest (a little far from the centre (1km), but he lends bikes if necessary), cabañas Nativa were full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2020-Jan-12 / 5 days / Hiking / SOBO / RR / Frank '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No access problem as you leave main road @ KM11, just go left around the fenced area  &amp;amp; you will find a small track that leads up to the dirt road. Termas El Medano is last stop for bus but you can hitch first 11K. Don't expect much from shop in Carizales, contents listed by Matus are all she has. Irma, about a 1 day walk beyond Carizales has cheese, drinks in 2L bottles &amp;amp; sometimes bread. At Puesto 9 before Puesto Irma, fresh cold water comes up from the ground into a small pool, safe to drink without filtering. There is an arreiro living there so talk to him first. Very hot in Guaiquivilo Valley &amp;amp; as you go round Laguna Dial. Little shade in the valley &amp;amp; virtually none @ Laguna Dial. Spectacular trail down canyon on last day. You cross the river 8 times. Dogs @ Puente Ingles shop attacked me &amp;amp; if I didn't have a stick would have been bitten also. Camped down by Puente Ingles bridge but it's noisy on weekends &amp;amp; lots of horseflies. 2 buses out from Puente Ingles around 7 &amp;amp; 7:50AM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resupply and Accommodation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*El Médano&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Termas el Medano is a nice place as well, there is a big hot pool (with some cold currents in-between) and some smaller lukewarm ones, and you can swim in the river. The entrance is 1000 pesos, but if you camp at the nearby campground (3000 pesos per person), acces is free. There is also a minishop with sodas, chocolate, chips, sunscreen and a few other things - maybe some bread and flour, but nothing else for resupplying. There's also a restaurant with typical Chilean food, it was very busy when we were there but they do take away as well. The bus leaves for Talca at 7:10 in front of the parking lot, but you have to call in advance as it only goes that far if they know someone is going - +56994741961 - many others went when we were there, though. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation in nearby Towns==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resupply and Accommodation along the Route==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Transport to and from Route=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bus Talca - Termas El Medano &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
07:00, 12:30,15:00, 18:45&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from Terminal Talca&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bus Termas el Médano - Talca&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bus leaves for Talca at 7:10 am at the bus shed in front of the parking lot, but you have to call in advance as it only goes that far if they know someone is going - +56994741961. Otherwise it leaves from La Mina at 7 am &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation (Jan-24):&lt;br /&gt;
A handwriten scedule at the Minishop in El Medano indicated that there is another bus at 3:30 pm from El Medano a Talca.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bus from Puente Ingles around 7 &amp;amp; 10AM. Confirm times @ the shop. Bus back from San Fabián at 2 and 6 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Permits, Entry Fees and Right-of-Way Issues=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Tanja: No right of way issue RR trailhead for me on January 12, 2024. There’s a big gate that was closed but 15 meters to the right the fence is broken. No one at gate on Friday morning. Further up where the trail turns at the first river crossing there’s a big landslide of rocks covering the road. Doesn’t look like any/many cars would come through here these days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Martin &amp;amp; Helena: We got into a right of way conflict on 25th of Dec 2022 - for detailed description see our section log from that time. Short version is that we met 2 cars going down the minor road to the security house at km 11. They refused to let us pass, but we believe it was just their good intention and fear of a possible accident. We tried to convince them in every possible way, but with no success, maybe someone with better Spanish could talk his way through. The guard saw us before and didn't care, so it was just a bad luck for us to meet these cars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Links to other Resources=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retired Section Article [[GPT07 - Laguna Dial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Images=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 13 Laguna Dial.PNG|center|1100px|thumb|Laguna Dial]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 21.jpg|center|1100px|thumb|Laguna Dial]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_2_Laguna_Dial_118949889.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_2_Laguna_Dial_73779722.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_2_Laguna_Dial_108320977.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_2_Laguna_Dial_108320982.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_2_Laguna_Dial_108320989.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_2_Laguna_Dial_108321002.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 01.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 02.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 03.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 04.PNG|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 05.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 06 Puesto.PNG|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 06.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 07.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 08.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 09.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 10.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 11.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 12.PNG|thumb|center|1100px|Laguna Dial]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 14 Laguna Dial 2.PNG|thumb|center|1100px|Laguna Dial]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 15.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 16.PNG|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 17.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 18.PNG|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 19.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 20.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 22.PNG|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 23.PNG|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 25.PNG|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 26.PNG|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 27.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna Dial, Greater Patagonian Trail 28.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_2_Laguna_Dial_108321024.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_2_Laguna_Dial_108321027.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_2_Laguna_Dial_118949851.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:GPT_2_Laguna_Dial_118949853.jpg|thumb|center|1100px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AnnaBla</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=Greater_Patagonian_Trail_track_files&amp;diff=117931</id>
		<title>Greater Patagonian Trail track files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=Greater_Patagonian_Trail_track_files&amp;diff=117931"/>
				<updated>2024-11-10T09:57:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AnnaBla: /* List of requests */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[category:Greater Patagonian Trail]]&lt;br /&gt;
The track files of the [[Greater Patagonian Trail]] are provided on personal request by [[user:Jandudeck|the author]] free of charge but not unconditionally. Read in the Hiker's Manual chapter '''1.15 Terms and Conditions for Using the Hiker’s Manual and the Trail Files''' to review these conditions and to understand why these conditions were put in place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GPT Hikers's Manual: http://bit.ly/GPTmanual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create an account in Wikiexplora (compulsory)==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create account wikiexplora.png|frame|Six (very standard) steps to create an account in Wikiexplora]]&lt;br /&gt;
To request the files you must first [http://wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=Especial:Entrar&amp;amp;type=signup create a Wikiexplora account]. It really takes less than a minute. The form is in spanish, but it's very standard and simple:&lt;br /&gt;
#User name&lt;br /&gt;
#Password&lt;br /&gt;
#Confirm password&lt;br /&gt;
#Email. Not compulsory but highly recommended to give us the chance to reach you. Wikiexplora has sent only '''one''' non personal email in 13 years.&lt;br /&gt;
#Real name (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
#On the final line type '''wikiexplora''', all in lower case&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List of requests==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- To unlock the GPT Track Files 2019 you will need in addition the Track File Unlock Code 8: 367661  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please type your name (or your new Wikiexplora user name or alias) and explain your plan for the GPT that requires the GPT Track Files. Put yourself on top of the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't forget to send the email after adding yourself to the list as described in the GPT Hikers' Manual (1.15.7 Access to the GPT Track Files).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the format:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mishun''' Hi Jan, me and my wife Anna plan to hike on GPT as a part our trip to Chile in December. We aim to hike sections GPT 06 and GPT 07 but we keep our plans open to change depending on the current conditions. Thank you for all your effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'MiaimZelt&amp;quot;' Hi Jan, thank you a lot for sharing so much informations in the GPT Manual. My husband and i are currently in Chile and will be until April. We planned to do a lot of multi-day hikes off the beaten path, which are part of the GPT, without knowing about the GPT. Less than 2 weeks ago an other hiker advised me about the GPT. This way i found out we'll be section hikers on the GPT. Now i'm reading every day in the Manual and try to improve my planning as best as i can without the files. Since then i considered if i should add myself to the list, although i'm definately late. Decided to give it a try. The gpx-files would be a great help to find out about alternative routes of our planned treks and to understand all the log-entrys, which are related to the files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Elijah Fuller''' My friend Michael and I are experienced thruhikers who are looking to do something very different from our previous experiences; the GPT. We'll have approximately 2 months to complete the GPT in January and February 2025. We're currently route planning, with sections GPT05-22 or GPT32-47 being the two sections we're considering. It's time to jump on Google Earth! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*“Raphael Chevalier” Greetings and thank you for all the research and detailed information found in the Guide Manual. I have read chapter 1 and am further into getting info on that very intriguing trail. I have a GSP and would like to use the GPT gps coordinate to further research the sections I am planning to do starting January 2025. Once again thank you for the community and available information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Roman''' I already did parts of the GPT in the 23/24  Season and fell in love with it!:) So I want to continue where it stopped GPT82P / GPT 33. Looking forward fore some new explorations and the new stories to tell of the people I meet! :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''gornik''' Me and my grilfriend Gabi would like to hike once again on GPT. Last time we were here in 2023 and now we are planning to come back ready to experience GPT with all its beauty and challanges. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Peggy'''  Hi Jan, a lot of gratitude for you work and for charing it. It's a wonderful gift! I plan to start the gpt late december 2024 and walk until march or april wherever I get. Then I probably do the south part next year. For the momeent, I study the manual, analyse the route and my gear so I would be happy to have the gps files to go further in this preparation. Talk with you soon I hope and I am happy too to be a part of this community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mttmllr''' Hi Jan, I live in Biobio region Chile, and in the past few years have done some hikes in the Andes that have been on GPT routes. I'm interested in the track files to enable me to continue exploring (slowly, year by year, I don't plan on leaving Chile any time soon) the different segments of the GPT. Many thanks for all your work and dedication to this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''BeingGarrett''' Jan ... I am looking to start the GPT this year (2024) in Santiago, I have an unlimited timeline and acknowledge that the GPT can not be done in a single season, therefore I would like to directly view the GPS files to map a roughly 1000 mile section. Go far, not fast. Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Kare-Bare Blvd''' Hi Jan, my GF and I are super stoked to have found such a wealth of knowledge available for our planned adventure to Patagonia.  We have 2 months and are very much interested in the Packrafting portions between 17-39, plus all the side quests and hikes along the way.  We don't plan to complete all these sections in 2 months but we really think that the track files will help in our planning and prioritizing of sections so that we can get the most out of our adventure and to do it safely.  GPT 2026! B-K&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ClickClack''' Hi Jan, myself and a friend are planning on doing sections 1 through 40 from mid-November 2024 to March 2025. We hope to complete the whole thing and the track files would really help! Thank you for the incredible amount of effort you have put into this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Simonlusignan''' Hi Jan, I am planning my 1500km hike through some GPT sections. I am starting from El Chalten in January 2025 and will be doing sections 32 to 40 and 6 to 12. I would love access to the files to help me navigate through river crossings and certain tougher sections. Thank you very much for the incredible ressource!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tamar''''' hi! we were very excited to hear about this trail! and it's uniqueness!! we hope to hike through some sections along the trail starting from the north in December 2024 until the weather becomes cold. Would love to share photos taken along the way. thank you!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''''Thijmen''''' Hola Jan, I'm planning to Packraft part of the GPT for three months in January till March 2025. I would like to receive the track files in order to prepare. Thank you for all the effort in making this adventure possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''borruu''''' Hello Jan, thank you for sharing all the information about GPT. I am planning to hike a southern part of the GPT in February 2025, an access to the track files will be greatly appreciated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''wiiiim''''' Hola Juan, I'm very interested in exploring Patagonia further by hiking &amp;amp; packrafting sections of the GPT from December 2024. I'm still going through a lot of the information, but would love to get request access to the track files to plan more accurately. All the best, Wim&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Kevin4''''' Hello Juan, I am considering the GPT between Section 6 and 20 starting in December 2024. Thank you for your work and manual on the GPT. I would like to have access to the trace file to plan my route. I thank you, Kevin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Clara''''' Hey Jan ! I'm planning to hike some sections of the GPT between Decembre 2024 to March 2025. After reeding the amazing GPT hiker's manual, I would like to get access to the track files to continue planning the hike. Thank's for sharing all your work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Amazering''''' Hi Jan, first of all thanks for putting together all this info and documentation about the GPT, the pdf in particular has been an amazing read so far! We as a couple have been hiking for a few years and we identify ourselves very much in the slow pace, sharing centered and collaborative philosophy of the GPT, and plan on hiking on parts of the trail from end October 2024 through February 2025. Excited to be able to contribute back too!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''GLOBTUINA''''' Hey Jan, i'm planning to hike parts of the GPT into october 2024 and January 2025, i would like to get access to the track files to properly plan my trip before taking on such a great adventure. Thank you very much for creating and maintaining the GPT!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Volker''''' Hey Jan, I am planning to hike parts of the GPT starting in December 2024 and would like to get access to the track files you created. You completed a tremendous work to write the excellent manual and create the track files. Thank you very much for creating and maintaining the GPT - and for sharing all your knowledge and experience!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Farah &amp;amp; Jan''''' Hey Jan, we're planning to hike parts of the GPT in January and February 2025 and would love to get access to the track files to properly plan our trip before taking on such a great adventure. Thank you very much for creating and maintaining the GPT!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''leo_micklem''''' Hello, I'm Leo. I'm planning to Packraft some sections of the GPT with my brother as part of a wider South America trip. The Packraft portion of the trip will likely take place December 2024 into January 2025. We feel strongly that it is important to be properly prepared for a safe and enjoyable adventure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Allie''''' Hello, I'm Allie (or Aliénor). I'm planning to visit Patagonia from november 2024 to march 2025, and i would like to discover the region mostly on foot. Thank you for your extensive research and comprehensive guide. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''sigg''''' Hi Jan, I'm Chris and I was thinking about spending some time on the GPT as a solo traveller beginning mid January to beginning of March 25. Yet, as I want to plan thoroughly, I'd love to take a look into the gpx files in order to better understand the terrain to choose to legs I feel confident in mastering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''HugoT''''' Hi Jan, I'm Hugo and I'm planning to spend 3 weeks on the GPT. Reading the manual was great, a real change on how I normally prepare for more well-known trails in Scandinavia, Scotland, Iceland or Nepal. In my search for true nature, I would like to start on section GTP06 and go south until 1) the trail beats me or 2) go as far as my feet will take me in the time that I have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''veleslavia''''' Hello, I'm Olga and I'm planning to hike and packraft some sections of the Trail in late December 2024 with my partner. Thank you so much for creating the manual and the community around it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Ayrton.debeauffort''''' Hello, first of all thank you so much for all the hard work to put all these incredible resources together. I am looking to travel solo this spring to Patagonia and want to do first 20-30 section of the GPT over 2 months (with flexibility on the number of sections and timing). I have done multi day hikes in the W trek, and Norway and the Dolomites in the past and am looking to do a longer distance trek given I will be taking some time away from work. I look forward to contributing to your amazing research and thank you again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Celio''''' Hola, first thing, thank you very much for the passionate job you made in creating this Hiker's manual, it's a gold mine of infos! We are a french couple living in the alps and planning to do the GPT, starting november and going up north. Having worked 4 years in Tierra del fuego in guiding i'll be very happy to help in contribute and support the job you made ! Thank a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''TiMa''''' Hi, we are a german couple planning to hike various treks in Patagonia roughly during Jan+Feb 2025. We didn't decide yet on specific sections of the GPT. Thank you and the contributors for all the work!&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;&amp;quot;Morliz&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Hi Jan, I am planning on hiking sections of the GPT from 11/24-5/25, am experienced in long distance (US), alpine (alps, andes, pamir) and would be happy to support the wiki explorer homepage for the GPT during and after the hike. Thank you for the support.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''LukSara''''' Hello Jan, we are Lukas and Sarah, two hikers from the Alps and woud like to hike the first part of the GPT. We are planning to travel to Chile in November 2024. It would be great to hike with your GPS Track Files and of course we would be happy to contribute to your work with your experience. Thank you and everybody who made this possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''ErJo''''' Hello Jan, we are passionate hikers that would like to hike parts of the Greater Patagonian Trail in January and February of 2025. We don`t plan on doing packrafting. We are very grateful for your absolutely awesome work and thank you for making such a trip possible! :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Mathilde and Jordan''''' Hello Jan, first of all thank you very much for your huge and impressive work. We are two frenchies who would like to participate to this adventure and start in november. We'll be happy to share our experience, help with the tracks and give some updates. Passionate about nature, hike and new culture, The GPT is an adventure that we have in mind for a long time. Thank you very much :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Elio''''' Hi Jan, thank you so much for the work you're doing mapping out the most remote parts of Patagonia. I'm a seasoned hiker from France and I'm starting planning my next project (hopefully for December 2024, depending on finance and wife approval :). I would be very interested in the data you've collected over the years to help me come up with a route. I would gladly contribute to this wiki as soon as I find relevant data to provide. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Stefan''''' Hi Jan, we, my wife and I, are experienced hikers from Germany and are looking for a new long-distance hiking trail that is scenically impressive, remote and not overcrowded. We don't have a concrete schedule yet (probably in a few years, for a few months). In our search we finally came up with GPT and your manual. Both are really impressive! Thank you for your work so far! We would be happy to help supplement the manual and keep it up to date. However, we are still at the very beginning of the planning and would therefore like to use the tracks for further information and preparation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Keili100'''''  Hi Jan, we are Kathrin and Matthias from Germany (40yrs/42yrs) and we are both passionate hikers and have already visited lots of countries and its mountains. Since we have a kind of sabbatical in 2025/2026 we are planning to spend around 4 to 5 months on the GPT. My wife is fluent in Spanish and we are both fascinated of exploring remote areas and getting in touch with the locals combined with challenging navigation in barely untouched regions. &lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for your unbelievable huge amount of work you are putting on the GPT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Karin'''''Hi Jan, I am Karin. I have had the dream of visiting and hiking Patagonia since many years. I am in Latin America for roughly a year for work and I would like to take advantage of being in Latin America to hike in November - December 2024 parts of the GPT. Thank you vera much for your incredible work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Charlie''''' Hi Jan! I'm Charlie. I'm planning to hike either two (7-8) of the northern sections or 32 and 33h in the first two weeks of april. I'm an experienced hiker, have led trips and organized my own in the us and recently completed a 3 week thruhike of sicily. beyond excited to get to patagonia - has been a dream for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Marion y Augustin''''' Hello Jan, we are a french couple wich aim to try to hike some sections of the GPT beteen April 2024 and July 2024, mixed with bus travel to join Perù. We are reading the Hikers'Manual, thanks a lot for that huge job !&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Sophie y Gaspar (Dr Jabali)''''' Hello Jan, we are a franco-spanish couple wich aim to try to complete the GPT beteen November 2024 and May 2025 and discover these beautiful landscapes and cultures. Thanks&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Paulus''''' Hey Jan, im very impressed by your detailed planning and knowledge of the patagonian mountains. I really enjoyed reading your short manual for the trail even though I should have actually studied for my exams. In Autumn I will finish university and now have finally the time to do a longer hiking trip again. Since im a biology student, the GPT is extremely interesting, since it would serve me as a transect to observe to Vegetation change from the north to the south. Ive always dreamed of seeing Araucarias!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''gitano''''' Hi Jan I enjoy hiking and I have a lot of expirience hiking patagonia for the last 6 years. I grow up in Osorno and i would like to hike my own land. I will love to cooperate and keep up this exelent job!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Maxfelis''''' Hi Jan, I'm a hiking enthusiast living in Santiago. I recently did &amp;quot;Sendero del Condor&amp;quot;, and I met someone that was doing the GPT06. I would love to collaborate with the GPT project, and explore other sections. Thank you so much for all your work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''txrx''''' Hello Jan, I'm a hiking enthusiast living in Bariloche. I am always researching new routes and many times I end up scanning the GPT Hikers Manual. I can't believe how much work and love has been put by all the contributors to build this, thank you very much! I would love to help to keep the GPT growing responsibly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Benoît'''' Hello Jan, I started the GPT from Santiago at the end of 2018, but because of covid I did not continue afterwards. Your resources and your work gave me an incredible experience... I would like to continue from the Antuco Volcano where I left off, and go south! Thanks again for all your work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Bebo'''' Hello Jan, I First heard of GPT while traveling through Peru, Bolivia and Argentina by bike. Rightnow I meet with my Brother in Buenos Aires and we want to hike remote trails for the coming 2 months. The GPT sounds just perfect, so we really would love to get the GPX files. We are aware of the fact that the trails lead through privat Land and nature. We treat both with hugh respect! Thanks for your work! Greetings from germany!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Marilynemg''''' Hi Jan! I have been discussing the GPT with hiker friends for the last ten years and I finally will be able to visit Chile in March and April. I want to start with sections 1-8 and I have a couple more on the radar, time and weather dependent. Thank you so much for all your work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Retezepe''''' Hey Jan, we are very grateful for the invaluable resources you have compiled for the GPT. We're looking forward to being a part of this project! My partner and I are currently in Chile and interested in hiking a couple of sections of the GPT. The sections that currently interest us the most are sections 19 and 37H. We will be in Greater Patagonia from February to March.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''TrailsOfWander''''' Hi Jan. Thank you very much for your envaluable work for the GPT and for your guidance. I am traveling to Chile on Feb 11 to hike GPT06 and partial GPT08 and 09. Unfortunately I don’t have much time for this trip but I will plan future trips for other sections so the Track Files of GPT will be very valuable as the Manual is. Thanks again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''AlexNecky''''' Hello Jan, thank you for all the work you've done putting this trail together!! My friend and I have been eyeing the GPT for a while. After much researching using your information and additional sources, we have tickets to Santiago for the beginning of March. Our plan is to start with GPT06 and going SOBO thru GPT10 or as far as we can for the month that we have. We're both super excited about this adventure and look forward to contributing back to the community with our experience!! Thanks again! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Dueser''''' Hi Jan. I am deeply impressed by your work. Not only the time you spent on the GPT, but also all the documentation and the manual. During reading the manual I realized that 10 years ago I explored a few GPT stages in the north without knowing about the GPT. This time I'm deliberately heading south. I'll certainly put my experience to good use for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''CharlieGardner101''''' Hey there Jan! Charlie here! Wow, what an incredible community you've created here. I couldn't be more excited to explore this wonderful and wild part of the world and to become a contributing member of this initiative you've begun! I will be flying into El Chalten in the first week of February and, along with a few friends, hope to hike a variation of GPT sections 38-40. Later on (mid-late march), we hope to move further North to try our hands at a section somewhere between GPT 6 and 12. Thanks for everything you do! Cheers!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Zsu''''' Hi Jan! I would like to hike parts of GPT32-40 in the upcoming weeks. More details in the email. Thank you very much!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Fernanda''''' Hi Jan! First and foremost, a sincere thank you for your impressive work. It is so valuable to have this type of initiatives in Patagonia. I am Chilean and mountains have been my backyard since I was a kid. I am planning to do GPT35 and GPT 36H with my brother Francisco. He is also close to nature and a entrepreneur based partially on Puerto Bertand since 2020. I've shared the hikers manual with him and he was very thankful and impressed with this initiative. I would also be interested in contributing with adding highlights and changes to the track. Global warming is slowly but steadily modifying nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Daemos''''' Hi Jan! My name is Andrew, and I am a Canadian travelling in Patagonia for the next two months. I was planning to hike the Condor Circuit, but I've read online of some difficulties lately and am interested in investigating one of the variations of GPT6 as an alternative. I would also be interested in adding some highlights of the GPT to my plans as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''PauMau2024''''' Hello Jan! My name is Paulina and I thank you so much for your work. It´s an impressive work that you have done! From february on my partner Flo and I want to explore and hike from Futaleufu to O'Higgins, GPT 71 and GPT35-39. Beginning in Futaleufu we will take around 5 days to get to Chaiten where we will have a resupply and then continue hiking down until the end of the carretera Austral. We are happy to share our GPS log and further information&amp;amp;experience, hopefully support future travelers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''madnomad''''' Hi! My name is Elias. We are a couple from Greece travelling around the American continent on a campervan, motorcycle, packraft and hiking equipment! We are already on the road for 5 months and we are currently in the Argentinian part of Patagonia. We love it here and it would be great to try a few sections of the GPT. We are not planning to do anything extreme, just enjoy a few highlights of the GPT at first!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''acivs''''' Hi! My name is Agnes. I'm from Switzerland and love trekking. I did several hikes in the Alps, the Andes and in Patagonia. In August 2022 I started backpacking through South America and got trapped in Tortel about a year ago. Last March I read for the first time about the GPT and was fascinated by it. For the moment I am planning on doing my first to sections, GPT36H and GPT35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''wandering_guanaco''''' Hey all! My name is Jack and I am an American outdoors-person interested in hiking sections 16-23 this austral summer, and hope to continue to complete sections of the GPT as I continue to work in Chile for a few months of the year every year. This project is amazing and I am stunned by the thoroughness of the documents I have read so far. From the intentions of the project as a hike undertaken only by those who are prepared, to the particular comments on the links between fundraising and the inevitable outcome of the trip itself, I really appreciate the time and thought that has been put in to not just the adventure portion, but also the preparation, reputation, and impact of the hike. I feel lucky to have explored chunks of Patagonia in my past and cannot wait to broaden my experiences through these sections and information in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''bistarai.bistarai''''' Hello! My name is Susie, I’m French-Canadian and planning on hiking sections 6 to 18 (although very flexible) as a first attempt on the GPT which I have been eyeing for a while now. Eventually I’d love to try packrafting in more southern sections in a couple of years!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''mollycargill''''' Hello, my name is Molly and I am a medical doctor from Australia with a lifelong love of the outdoors and an interest in wilderness medicine. As a part of an Expedition Medicine course I am currently undertaking I need to create an in depth logistics plan for a trip which I want to go on, which I have chosen as packrafting sections 16-25 of the GPT. I have had my eye on the GPT for a while, and hopefully can use the finished product of this assignment to help me finally attempt some of the GPT in the 2024/25 season. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''HHGTPE''''' (Hitchhikers guide to planet earth) Hey, I am Felix. I hitchhiked around the globe for three years some time ago and now I am doing a semester abroad in Buenos Aires for my uni. While looking for long distance tracks in Patagonia, I came across the GPT and very much fell in love with the whole concept. This year I would like to do some of the shorter and easiest hiking parts of the GPT but hopefully come back in the future to do some longer and connected parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''fabianundcecile''''' Hola de San Rafael, Argentina. We are travelling to southern Patagonia and thought we could hike some sections of the PGT along the way. Maybe starting with GPT 7 southbound. Saludos Cécile y Fabian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''czimahi'''''Hola Jan, por favor me podrías enviar el file para ir alguna parte entre GPT18 a GPT5? Muchas gracias &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''nico142857''''' Hola desde Chile!. Escribo en español por razones políticas más que practicas. Primero que todo, gracias por recolectar, sintetizar y compartir la información. Me interesa recorrer la parte norte de los 'senderos' y me interesan tener los .kmz para 1) tener una ayuda, 2) no abrir mas senderos y respetar la naturaleza y 3) dar feedback a la comunidad. Saludos&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Ggeoff88''''' Hello everybody ! My name is Guillaume from France and I'm actually in Bariloche preparing my adventure to go to El Chalten by foot. You guys did an incredible Job of research, documentation and exploration... Today I'd like to inspire of your work in order to prepare my road. It's normal for me and will be a pleasure to share my experience after it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''MysticalMarauder''''' Hi my name is Misha and I'm in Chile with an old friend about to the depart on a greand adventure December 2023 onwards. Heading south in the coming days with the zenith of our travels the Punta Arenas/Puerto Natales area. Then turning around and heading back north after a month or 2. Eager to get on the GPT in either direction in the coming months/years? Not sure how long this adventure will last but hopeful to hike many kilometers on this network. Thank yiou to Jan and this commmunity for establishing this route and creating this excellent resource for those excited to get off the well-traveled roads and disappear into the wild for a bit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Lazy_Lemon''''' Kia ora! Looking to get amongst the Patagonia trails so thanks so much for putting all this information together!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Sam Odin'''''' Hello! Thank you so much for this impressive work. The detail and love put into the GPT manual is truly a gift to us all. Between January 15 and February 5, my partner Sara and I are planning to explore as much of GPT33 as possible. Beginning in Villa Cerro Castillo we will take 8 to 10 days to get to Puerto Ingeniero Ibáñez (where we will have a resupply) and then take about the same time to get back to Villa Cerro Castillo. We would love to share our log and GPS information, hopefully further illuminating future travelers to the less frequented routes and parts of this section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Jonathan Mudde'''''' Hi Jan,  I'm planning to walk a few sections of the GPT in the very south and in the north. I'll start on the  first of January around Ushuaia. And after that I like to use the border close to O'Higgins and hike some parts around Laguna de la laja  I'm looking forward to use the gpx files. Thanks in advance! I have read many parts with great respect for your work and honering the lokal people. Regards Jonathan Mudde/Abishaloom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Matthias''' Küme naqün antü! I've been following this fascinating idea for years, and now I can hopefully explore a small part of it myself and contribute to its long-term existence. I will arrive in Santiago in January, then I would like to follo'''w the GPT southwards, walking until about GPT20. But I am flexible in my plans on the ground, I am open to spontaneity and ever-changing challenges. Alles Leben ist Problemlösen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Carina''' Hi! Thank you so much for the detailed GPT resource you have created. It's been a dream of mine to hike/trail run through parts of Patagonia, and it would be really helpful to see the GPT track files to help with my route planning. I'm planning to go in 1-2 years from now, so plenty of time to plan still. Very happy to contribute / provide feedback on route sections once I'm there myself. Thank you :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Paulina''' Hello everybody. First of all, I would like to thank you for all the huge  job you put into this projekt. I'm really amased. I will start a part of GPT in January, I'm especially interested in GPT because it seems wild, unspoilt and very interesting from cultural point of view. I also love the idea that everyone can create its own trail and that three is no one and the best option. Living in Europe where in some parts of the mountain we focus maybe too much on kilometers and speed, it seems that GPT offers something much more important. I will be more than happy to contibute to this beautiful projekt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mitschu''' Hello, after spending 9 weeks in Patagonia (pre pandemic) I am back with the aim to explore even more :) I thought about starting in Bariloche, explore the lake area going north (following part of Huella Andina) and finally cross over to chile and start at section 16 southbound mid/end of december. I used the pandemic for some long distance hikes in europe (GR5, half of GR10/11 and TMB) and cant wait to enjoy the beauty of patagonia. I will hike solo but open to meet up with fellow hikers if someone happen to be in the area :) I am following the project since 2 years... impressive work. Happy to contribute as well! Looking forward hearing from you! Thanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rainbow16''' Hi Jan &amp;amp; fellow hikers! My name is Tanja and I am currently planning to walk Sections 6-22 starting end of December 2023. Still a bit dizzy from reading the hikers manual (what a great documentation!), I am excited to further explore this Patagonian trail network via the track files. A huge thanks to Jan and Meylin for their adventurous spirit and dedication as well as all other collaborators (what a cool community!). Looking forward to contributing myself once I put my feet on GPT grounds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Frans van Driel''' Hi Jan, first and foremost I would like to thank you for all the work you put into the GPT. Truly impressive to read the manual! I'm planning to walk a few sections of the GPT. I'll explain more in detail in the upcoming email. My timeframe will be half December 2023 till half January 2024. I'm looking forward to this amazing experience and would like to start some more detailed planning using the gpx files. Thanks in advance! Sincerely, Frans van Driel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Owen Hutchison (elhutcho)''' Hey Jan! Am incredibly impressed with what you have been able to put together with the GPT - it’s an amazing achievement for which I’m sure many are thankful. I have been reading through the manual in preparation for a trip in February and March 2024. My partner and I will make our way down from Lago Puelo (GPT 22/23) to El Chalten via a mix of different segments and pack rafting. To assist in planning and preparation, I’d be really grateful to receive the the KMZ/GPX Files. I am very happy to contribute back to the project in anyway I can. Thanks again! Owen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Piotr Szatkowski''' Hello Jan, primarily I would like to say thank you for the massive amount of dedication you put into creating the whole guide. The quality of it, the precision everything is described with is very impressive.I would like to kindly ask you if you could share with me the KMZ/GPX Files. I am incredibly humbled to be able to discover the beauty of the regions of Patagonia. Can't wait into immerse in to this journey of solitude. I will be starting in end of December for section and or 2 heading south. Will probably hike for 2 months. I am not sure how long exactly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ella Meyer''' Hi Jan, I am planning to walk parts of the GPT as part of a project studying and documenting people's relationships to water along long-distance trails. As per your suggestion when we talked on the phone one year ago, I would like to hike Sections 1-12. I may also skip to Sections 21, 22, 63 and 69. I am hoping to depart Southbound around late December (2023). I am very excited to embark on this journey, and welcome anyone else planning on hiking these sections to connect with me (contact info can be found on my website https://ellameyer.com/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vlad Ivanchuk (vladdi)''' I'm planning to walk some southern sections of GPT northbound from Ushuaia starting in December 2023 for just over a month. I look forward to immersing myself in the landscapes and culture of Patagonia, and I'd appreciate access to GPS files to enable this adventure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Robin Marcille''' Hi Jan, hi all, thank you for this immense amount of work. After sailing from France to Ushuaïa, we are planning to walk parts of the GPT norhbound from Puerto Williams on November 2024 for approx. 3 months. We would be very grateful to access the GPS files to prepare our trip ! We are especially interested in the various options between Puerto Williams and Cochrane. We're super excited to participate to this project and would like to propose some mountaineering options !&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cyril AC'H (Cy)''' Hi, can't wait more to get back with GG on the GPT after 2 years break, from El Bolson southbound toward Cochrane and El Chalten in a packrafting mode for those sections. No rush, side trips to fjords, we will see how far we get ! Thx for the KMZ/GPX Files ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martin_crgt''' Hi all, thanks for your work Jan, and for everyone's contributions to this adventure, My sister and I are planning to do the GPT in February 2024 from section 6 down south. Having the GPS data would be a great help to help us plan. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''maddidunster''' Hi Jan, Tom and I are two Australians planning to hike northbound from El Chalten to wherever we make it with the time we have from February to April 2024. Super excited, can't wait!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''guswimbo''' Hello Jan, thank you for all of your and others' work on putting together this incredible wealth of information! I'm planning on backpacking/packrafting from Cochamo to El Chalten in January/February 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Oscar Crassous''' Hello Jan, I'm a french men who will travel northbound during 9 months in South America, between november and august. I have planned to walk most of the time and I am very excited to hike some parts of the GPT during my trip. Thanks for your work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Matthieu''' Hello Meylin and Jan, former hiker on the GPT (season 2019-2020, northbound), would gladly go back on trail this year to hike some other parts southbound (Santiago-Antuco, Puyehue - Coyhaique)! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GriffinWagner13''' Hello Jan, planning to travel to Chile/Argentinia in 2025. I'll be doing some of the sections between GPT01 and GPT40, bussing between routes as possible. I definitely want to hit some of the northern volcanoes as well as the southern routes! Super excited to hike it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''edwinb''' Hello Jan, planning to fly to Santiago in 2 weeks. Thinking about gpt2/3 to do something close to Santiago and especially want to do the tracks in the araucania this time. gpt33h and gpt37h look very attractive to. Thanks again for all the work! Edwin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''lilian''' Hello Jan, i'm planning to have a 3-4 months hike through Greater Patagonia, I will travel to Santiago in mid-November 2023 and maybe end my hike about March to April at somewhere south. I would be interested in the trackfiles from 1 to 69, would be incredibly grateful to have the files for further research and planning. Thank you in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''zipgerm''' Hey Jan, Thank you for your work and contributing the route information to the world! I'll be in Chile/Argentina from beginning of December until April. If my feet are willing, I want to walk parts of the GPT starting with section 05 or 06 southwards. I read a great part of your guide and already bought a GPS with satellite pager - alhough I never used neither of them on my off-track hiking tours before. Looking forward to Chile and the Andes. Matthias&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''JordanJennings''' Hi Jan, my plan is to packraft soundbound sections 17-30 over the season, but will likely begin with a few (conditions appropriate)  sections between 30-40 from November after completing some packrafting training around Puerto Río Tranquilo. I would like to also thank you for dedication so much time and energy into making this possible for all of us&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''LottiRummel''' Hi Jan, thank you for all your fantastic work! We are planning to spend January 2024 in Chile and want to hike  starting from around GPT 06 southwards. I hope the gpx tracks will help us decide which sections to plan. Thanks! Alex and Lotti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rowe99''' Hi Jan, first of all, many thanks to you and everyone else who contributed to the manual. I have never seen so much information about such a large network for any other region in an open-source manner. I am planning to hike this year (2023) from December to mid-February starting from El Chaltén northwards with a pakraft. Thanks for all the information so far! Cheers Roman!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jonas._____''' Hi Jan, I'm planning to hike through Patagonia from December to February/March. I will start in Puerto Montt and then go south from there as far as time and terrain permits. The great GPT Hikers' Manual did already give me a really good insight in what to expect and I would really appreciate having the GPT Track Files as well to prepare for my trip as much as possible! Thanks for your help!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ColineW''' Hi Jan ! Thank you a lot for the amazing work you did with the &amp;quot;Great Patagonian Trail, Hikers Manual&amp;quot; ! It's full of wize advices and ideas I maybe would havenot find myself. I will go in Chili from mid-december to mid-march, meet up with my father who is currently wandering in the south. We'd like the hike northbound from GPT20 to GPT01. The GPS files would be a great help for you, since I tried my plan an itinerary on Google Earth and, as you know, I lost sight of some roads in the forest. My father has a Garmin66i, so we'll be able to send the datas of our trail to you. Have a nice day !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Roi Keler''' Hello Jan, First of all, thank you for the amazing work you did and still do, it's a great inspiration for me. I plan to spend 3-4 months in Patagonia and I want to combine several walking sections of the GPT between section GPT01 - GPT16 &amp;amp; GPT32 - GPT46. After reading the hikers' manual and completing the preparations, I decided not to focus on a meticulous plan because it is important for me to be spontaneous and keep the options open. The GPS files in combination with the hikers' manual will allow me to choose the hiking sactions that suit me and then send the information to you and share with the community. Thanks for everything!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Marmur''' Hi Jan! We are a couple and are planning to hike the GPT from start to end, in 2 seasons (hopefully) starting next season. We have visited Patagonia in the past and can't wait to get to know it more intimately, as we loved it so much. hiking in remote locations with unmarked trails is not new to us, but we are exited about the challenges that are waiting for us at this epic terrain. this is a great chance to thank you for all this impressive work that you've been doing, and you can count on us that after all this ends for us, we will share all inputs and updates with you and the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lukas Deleu''' Hi Jan, my girlfriend and I are planning to do 3-4 months of hiking through Greater Patagonia starting this december. We chose some of the sections that most appealed to us and hope to connect them by public transport. Gpt 6-12, 16-19, 32-40 is what we have in mind for the moment. Having the trackfiles would be a great help offcourse. Cheers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Huemul''' Hello Jan, I'm Frank from Irlanda.  I hope to continue southbound in November from El Chalten to Isla Navarino.  Thanks for all your help &amp;amp; advice so far. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''RoshiJ''' Hi Jan, what an amazing piece of work you've established in the GPT hiker's manual, and its amazing to see how many people are inspired by it. I am planning on exploring Patagonia starting in November, with no end date as of yet. My only goal is to wander and wonder but I'd like to do so well-informed and as prepared as possible. I already feel so after reading the manual but it would be even better to set out armed with your GPS files. I also love the idea of using wikiexplora as a platform to communicate within a like-minded community with similar goals so am enthusiastic to share my own experiences and read those of others. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Pieper92''' Holá Jan, Thank you for providing this comprehensive manual. I will travel to Patagonia in November 2023 and want to make my way from santiago to tierra del fuego by feet, on my beloved packraft but also longer sections by bus transport. Have not picked all sections but Lagos Chilenos/argentinos, parts of fjord area and tierra del fuego are in focus. Especially I want to circumvent the spoiled national parks in the south. Your guide has already been a great help up to know but the GPT track files would be extraordinary helpfull. I will especially try to provide novel exploration data by packraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''nickcarter884''' Dear Jan, Thank you so much for all the work you have done on this manual and the route, it's fantastic! Some friends and I are planning to do the section around El Chalten in February 2024 and would really like to follow your routes rather than the roads. Please could I have access to the GPS files so we can be in the real nature, not just the road? :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''delabien''' Dear Jan, I am very inspired by your manual. My partner and I plan to travel for 4 months starting from the capital Santiago going slowly to the south (starting in November 2023). Thus we would like to hike some of the sections you and the other collaborators assembled. In order to make the expedition more feasible for us we intent to use the local public transportation for some parts. Really looking forward to experience the changing landscapes during the route. Thank you&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''wbarab''' Hi Jan, thank you for all the extensive and detailed work put into this manual. My partner and I (American &amp;amp; Spanish)plan to hike the GPT from mid November 2023 until late February or March 2024. So far GPT 6-12, 14-16, 19, and 32-40 have stood out to us as a start, but our investigations continue and we plan to add at least another half dozen sections (plus some &amp;quot;maybes&amp;quot; if time permits)! To continue we would really appreciate access to the trackfiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ranulph24''' Hi Jan, great manual! Thank you for putting so much passion in this project. I consider hiking on the GPT in November 2024 - April 2025. I am mainly aiming for the northern part 5 - 30 and add a smaller section in the south. For refining my plans I would like to study the GPS Track Files in detail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MMartinez''' Hi Jan, thank you so much for this incredible amount of work.  It is really inspiring and exciting.  We are a couple (American and Polish) and we are interested in hiking some of the sections of the GPT later this year.  We have been reading the manual and adjusting and readjusting plans the more we learn (there's so much to learn!)  We would really appreciate access to the track files to help with the planning.  Thank you so much again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''SeanMaskill''' Hi Jan, Thanks for all of your work! I've wanted to hike sections of the GPT for a few years. I've now started the research seriously and tracks would help me decide which sections I'd like to hike. Cheers Sean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MarmotAndBear''' Dear Jan, Thank you for putting in so much dedicated work, to create the Hiker’s Manual, and in doing so helping others to hike and appreciate this part of the world. We are a German-Singaporean couple and we have been following the GPT community for almost one year now. We have quit our jobs not long ago and have started visiting Central Asia, where we’ve been able to do some amazing hikes. Before setting foot on the GPT this coming (southern) summer, we are planning to improve our Spanish in other South American countries. We hope a few weeks of dedicated learning will do the trick. Once on the trail, we are planning to hike and packraft as much of the GPT as we can during the coming season. Let’s see how far our feet and boat will carry us :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''guaraches80''' Hello and good afternoon Jan.  I have been reading and preparing for some sections of the trail you have put together.  I, a Mexican American, and a Colombian friend will be backpacking through Brazil and later to Argentina in the coming months and we would love to see some of the wonderful trails you and others have experienced. Obviously, because of our backgrounds we both speak fluent Spanish and have years of backpacking, hiking and bushcrafting experience.  This is something I look forward to with the uptmost energy and so will eagerly await the track files to begin further in-depth planning.  Thank you for your time. Until next time!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''blissfulmisgivings''' Hi Jan, Thank you for providing so much detailed and helpful information about the GPT! We (two Americans) are excited to try packrafting portions of the GPT beginning in November 2023. The guidance you've provided in the manual has already been invaluable to our preparations, and we look forward to reviewing and using the GPT track files in our journey. Thanks again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''YannickCOLL''' Hi Jan, Thank you very much for your work and your dedication to the GPT. We are immersing in the GPT universe with pleasure and a growing sense of adventure. We are a couple (French and Belgian) and we’re looking to hike some sections of the GPT between mid-November 2023 until April 2024 (Sections: 1-12 / 16 / 19 / 32-40). These are the sections that we selected so far and that we are more attracted to, knowing that of course it can change. We were wondering if you could grant us access to the GPS tracks in order for us to prepare for the GPT.  We understand that this is an unofficial trail and that it is still a work in progress and we are eager to help in any way we can to continue to build this ‘trail’. Nolwenn &amp;amp; Yannick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''daniel.s''' Hi Jan, amazing work with the Hiker's Manual! I hope to meet some of you on the trail next season. I'm planning to do some of the packrafting sections starting at GPT 17. The track files would be very helpful to make it an unforgettable experience. Greetings from Austria, Daniel &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''hevike''' Hello fellow hiking community, I'm Jens from Germany looking into hiking sections of the GPT this November until the end of February. Thanks for the amazing work you all have put into this project and I'm looking forward to contribute myself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MartinGilles''' Hola Jan, soy Martin de Belgica y estoy planeando hacer una parte del GPT al principio de noviembre hasta el 20 de diciembre. Me gustaria tener the GPS tracks para organisarme y ver lo que me conviene mas. Muchas gracias por lo que hiciste y para permitir la exploracion de esta parte del mundo. Un placer, Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Marc Altena''' Hi Jan, thanks for all your hard work exploring the hidden trails of Patagonia. I'm hoping to do sections 6 to 10, 16 to 22 and 32 to 40 early next year. The GPS tracks would be helpful. Tanks in advance for sending them. Kind regards, Marc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lorenzo''' Hi Jan, I don't have specific plans concerning the GPT yet, but that might change soon. After the reading the first 300 pages of your guidebook it seems to me like a real challenge and an unforgettable experience at the same time. I'll call it a dream to hike at least parts of it, and extensive planning is the first step to make your dreams come true.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Joscha97''' Hi Jan, I gonna travel to Chile in the beginning of next year and I am really fascinated by the idea of the GPT. I would love to hike some parts of it, starting in Santiago. Thanks for all the work you put into this project. Greetings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Larix84''' Hello Jan, he hablado contigo con whatsapp hace 2 semanas Mi proyecto de trail para el ano que viene se confirma, un saludo'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Noemie''' Hi Jan, thank you so much for making us discover those incredible paths and landscapes in an ethical way. I have been hiking in Chilean Patagonia for a few months now and I wish to keep discovering the region more deeply by hiking through a few sections of the GPT, especially GPT36H (ruta de los Pioneros). Depending on how this goes, and on the weather conditions, I may try to go further north around sections 08-09. Thanks for all your work, the resources you provided have been super helpful!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''TheRebel''' Hey Jan thanks for the big package of information you provide with tha website/pdf I'm in Argentina since 3 months and hiked many km in the official and more marked areas (bariloche, bolson, esquel, el Chaltén, El Calafate, Ushuaia and more) and now I'm on the way back north and wanna end up in Bolivia or maybe even Columbia in the next 6 months... I've heard about your site from a Canadian guy who did some sections more north and I thought it would be nice to do some more trails in a little more remote areas on my way north&lt;br /&gt;
Greatings TheRebel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jen''' Hi Jan and so, so many thanks for all the incredible work you have done here. I am currently in Peru and planning to fly south to begin the beginning of GPT01 in the next few weeks and see how long I can walk for before things become too off season. I will halt and recommence when the season comes back in. If I manage to journey to Punta Arenas in the end, whenever this might be, then I am happy! Thank you, Jen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ollie''' Hello Jan. I am from Wales and currently is&lt;br /&gt;
 Brazil after sailing here from Europe. My plan is to work my way towards southern Argentina where I will stop and work for a while. Hopefully improving my Spanish, get to know the culture more and spend my weekends in the mountains to prepare. The idea is to start from Tierra Del Fuego, head north and just take it step by step. The manual has been a great read thank you for being so thorough. Love it. Cheers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Silke &amp;amp; Hans''' Hello, We are a Belgian couple currently on a multiyear bikepacking, trekking &amp;amp; mountaineering trip through South-America. We'd been looking forward to do some sections of the GPT for a long time. We are currently in Chile Chico, and planning to do the GPT35 section. We probably want to do some more sections further South.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jakub+Veronika''' Hi Jan, we're a couple from Czechia, currently almost one month in Chile getting to know the country, it's history and it's people's culture. We'd like to hike some parts of the GPT south from Puerto Montt, where we are based right now. Thanks for this awesome work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Alan''' Hola Jan! I'm Alan from California. I'm interested in doing GPT32 and GPT33H. Thanks for all the resources you have provided so far!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Diegoara''' Hi! My name is Diego and I am from Chile and I'm interested in the GPT to do de GPT18 &amp;amp; GPT19, i would be a little more than a week, i think that is amazing the work that you do making this GPT in my country.Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jess&amp;amp;Paco''' Hey Jan ! We are from France and we would love to hike the GPT between march and april 2023. We plan to connect a few sections in the great lakes region (between section GPT45 and GPT35, south to north) for about a month. And if the weather is favorable, we would explore in april a little bit of the nothern parts of the GPT (volcanos region) but without necessarily connecting steps, while being around for a workaway. Thanks a lot for all this work !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''blklb''' Hi Jan! I'll be leaving for Chile in a few days and would like to do bits and pieces of the sections between Curico and Conaripe, perhaps farther south. I'll be combining trekking with time spent in towns/cities. This is going to be a leisurely exploration of the GPT, with the possiblity of a longer GPT-specific trip in the future. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Joachim''' Holà Jan! I'm Joachim from France. I'm coming to Chile in a few weeks, and found your website with a lot of valuable informations on this beautiful itinerary! I don't have a fixed plan yet but my idea is to start around Santiago and go South until winter begins. I'd love to get a hand on those gpx files to help me plan properly, I'll be happy to share feedback when coming home. Many thanks for all the work you put in!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Johnny1968''' Hi Jan! We are a couple from Italy and want to to start mid february 2023 from Santiago for the GPT. We have 2 months of time and want to see how far we get, without hurry, soaking up nature and culture. Thanks for the manual and creating the track files, great respect for the ethics!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''derameisenbaer''' Hi, two people from Germany. We'll be hiking part of the GPT (GPT06-GPT12) in February. If there's time left we might be able to hike part of the more southern sections as well. Really looking forward to it and really aprreciate the great work on this page and the Hikers Manual! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ebse''' Hello, I'm Ed from England. Would love to help contribute to this mammoth project by hopefully walking GPT01 - GPT20ish in late 2023. Looks like a remarkable experience all round; I'd be very grateful to be part of it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martio''' Saludos, soy Martial ! landing on jan. 14th for a 2 month journey into Chilean natural wonders. I plan to hike a selection of northern GPT sections between 1 and 22. Plans purposely open for this first experience and can't wait to get involved in the community. Ps: Jan, you rock !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clemgbl''' I'm Clement from France. Currently hiking in Chile from  month, I would like to continue my trek on the GPT next month (january and February 2023). I plan to start in Coyhaique and hike until El Chalten (GPT 31 to GPT 40).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jcoxxx''' I'm Jeff from Alaska. Hopefully I'll be hiking and packrafting section 17 to 39, starting this January. I'm really excited to be a part of this project and share my trackfiles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Eleebeatriz''' Hi, I'm Elena from Chile. On the 27th of this month we are going to carry out the Gpt7, we will enter through the &amp;quot;Puente Ingles&amp;quot; , in San Fabian de Alico, up to the Polcura mountain range, in Antuco. Greetings and I hope in January I will be editing what I have done to share it with you! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MarcGPT''' Hola! Last year while hiking around Cochrane, I learned about the GPT.  Looking forward to return and contribute to the GPT manual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Franzz''' Hi! I'm Franzz from Switzerland. I'm planning to thru-hike my own version of the GPT next year. Using your tracking files would be a great help planning the itinerary :) I would be more than happy to share back my own track files and experiences once I'm back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nicktravels_''' Hey mate, I'm Nick - i'm planning on a hike/packraft of mumtiple segments with my three amigos. Leave only footprints is a big part of our travelling philosophy and I have a lot of respect for the ethos you carry through the information provided.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Timo''' Hi, I'm Timothée. I'm French but also from Munich Germany! I plan on being in Chile beginning of next year and on doing someof the sections (probably 6-22, 32-40 more or less). I'm super impressed by all the gathered and explained documentations and advices form the Manual and would love to contribute ! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''zozo''' Hi, my name is Zohar. I'm from Israel and plan on doing some trekking in Patagonia in January 2023. planning to do parts of the GPT from south to north starting at section 46. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''florianluca''' Hi, my name is Florian. I'm from Germany and plan on doing some trekking in Chile at the Beginning of next year (2023). I appreciate the work that went into this project and would like to use some of it for planning some of our tour. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''willcampbell444''' Hi, I'm Will from Canada. I'm interested in hiking some of the trail as I make my way south through Chile! I was thinking of starting at section 6 in mid December, depending on the weather. I really appreciate all the work done putting together the trail, and I hope to contribute with my track files and notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dallas''' Hi, I´m Dallas, from Berkeley, California, USA. I am interested in planning a trip in early 2023 to explore the beauty of Patagonia and indulge in my passion for slow, human-powered travel. This trip is open-ended and intentionally meandering, and the GPT looks like an excellent basis of exploration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nicopo''' Hi, I´m Nicolás, from Buenos Aires. My girlfriend and I have been hiking in Patagonia for the last few years and we are planning on hiking sections of the GPT from December to February. We are already getting started with our planning and are looking forward to contributing with what we can. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Newt, Birdie, and Possum''' Hi! We are on our way back to Patagonia for the third time. The three of us have hiked in Patagonia and many other places in the world together. We will have 1 month to hike a portion of the GPT, specifically focusing on 33H -38H going northbound. We are inspired by this document and we can't wait to become contributing members of this community. Thank you! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''pgantier''' Hi, I'm Pierre from France. I discovered Chile and South America 5 years ago during an exchange semester and look forward to going back there for a long trip (within the next 5 years for around 12 months). I would love to do some part of the Greater Patagonian trail during this future gap year and I want to prepare well it advance to continue to get experience to be ready for this gread adventure !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jonny6k''' Hi, im planning on hiking some sections of the GPT from late December until March (or until i get tired!) I am planning on sections 6-22, but nothing is certain yet. I hope to add to the track files and contribute with some notes regarding the trails. i look forward to arriving in chile! Jonny&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''felagund''' Hello, I would like to hike the GPT in December-February, from Santiago till as far as I can get and as long as a I enjoy it. So I would be interested in the trackfiles from 1 till about 40, even though I probably won't reach that far. I am a contributor to OSM so I was thinking that would be my main form of contribution, though I would not want to put paths that are disputed there of course. Tomas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Arnaudlacoste''' Hello Jan! I have been a big fan of the GPT for some years now. I just moved back to Chile after living for the past 8 years in Europe and would love to discover a few sections of the GPT. I will be settling in Araucania region so I would love to have access to the track files and plan which sections I will immerge myself into. I hope I can also contribute to it and meet some of the community in the following months/years. Thanks you and the community for this marvelous work! Cheers, Arnaud. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;ChristopherT&amp;quot;Hello! Christopher from Austria here. My girlfriend Anna from Germany and I are planning to do the gpt. We are still trying to figure out which sections we would like to trek.We definetly want to explore and hike in Feuerland though.We would very much appreciate the track files to help us with our decision and on our journey. I hope we can contribute a bit as well. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
Cheers,&lt;br /&gt;
Christopher and Anna&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Matous'''Hi everyone! Here Matous and Johana. Couple from Czechia. We are planning to hike some sections on GPT at the beginning of next year. We are interested in GPT06 - 22. The track files would be great help in planning. And thank you for amazing work. We´ll be happy to contribute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''guilhermealexs''' Hi! Guilherme Alexsander here from Brazil. Me and some friends are planning to walk some parts of the GPT. We are currently interested in the Los Quenes - Central Cipreces section. I'd like to get the track files to help us with planning. Thanks! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;nmakepeace&amp;quot; Hello everyone, Natalie here from Canada, thank you to Jan and everyone for their contributions! My plan is to hike southbound on the GPT starting at Termas del Flaco (connect@ GPT05) because I want to do some specific mountains in Central Chile first. I may also look into connecting Volcán Maipo to coya. To make this all easier and more safe I would be not only grateful for the GPS files but honored! Start: mid/late December until begining of March. Hope to hear tales from you all soon! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''rom1dwker''' My girlfriend and I will cycle southward patagonian roads and ripio from mid december 22 to mid february 23, and we plan to maybe hike some sections of the GPT, especially the ones in Jenimeini where we have already been a few years ago, dependind on how everything goes with the cycling and and the roads we will actually take.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''gornik''' Me and my grilfriend Gabi would like to hike on GPT from January till March 2023. We are on a gap year after our studies, and during that time we would love to enjoy the wilderness of Patagonia. We are planning to first do some singular sections and after gaining some knowledge and experience in Patatagonia hiking, we would like to do some longer distances. We are also exited to combine it with hitchhiking to minimalize environmental impact. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''hannahp24''' My partner Eric &amp;amp; I will hike GPT 32-36 in Dec-Jan 2022/2023. Excited to explore new places and give guidance to what we find here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jmcantin''' Hi Jan, thanks for the hard work in this awesome guide! I am planning a Southbound hike of the GPT from Santiago de Chile in January 2023 for a couple of months. I would love to have the track files to properly plan my route. Thank you for your help :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' bforselv''' Hello guys, my wife and I live north of the Artic Circle in Norway and we are planing to go to Chile for hiking January and February. We want to do sections of the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Ishaysachs(Ishay)''' Hello Jan! Ishay from Israel here. Just finished the PCT and looking forward to do some sections of the GPT this January-March. Would love to get access to the files in order to plan my route (: thank you for putting so much effort into this. That's an incredible project and I can't wait to start hiking and share the journey with this great community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' greenh3624 (Helen and Craig)''' Hello Hello Jan. Thank you so much for providing all this incredible information from the manual, we are both super grateful and are looking forward to contributing. Looking in to sections GPT 16- 05/06 for 2023 and hopefully some southern route sections from there. Just a quick comment to request track files. Your manual is incredible by the way. Mil gracias! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Christophe (Alex &amp;amp; Christophe)''' Hi Jan! Thanks a lot for all this informations and for your work. We are now travelling in south America with our van and are planning to sell it and start to hike the GPT in December 2023 for 2 or 3 month. This track files would help us a lot to plan this incredible adventure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''miguelvdvelden (Miguel)''' Hola Jan! I’m in awe of everything you’ve put together for the GPT. It’s so comprehensive  and as a sustainability student I am grateful for the focus on both the environmental and social sustainability of the region and its  communities. I am hoping to hike or packraft a part of the GPT over six weeks or so in Jan-Feb 2023. I am in full planning mode now, hence my request here. Muchas gracias por todo. Abrazo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''nico142857''' Hola Jan! Hace un tiempo habia leido parte del manual y veo que ahora esta actualizado. Desde ese momento que quede maravillado con la rigurosidad de tu trabajo y lo sigo haciendo ahora. Me suscribo a esta lista para poder obtener los track files, pues me interesa recorrer algunas secciones en las proximas vacaciones de verano 2022/2023. Estare muy agradecido si lo puedes mandar. Saludos desde Chile!. nicolas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lore Olivares''' Hola Jan, gracias por compartir esta valiosa información. Soy de Chile y junto a mi amigo queremos hacer la parte norte del GPT desde Santiago. Te agradeceré mucho si nos puedes compartir los datos GPX. Muchas gracias de antemano.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''annéesympathique;)  (Rémy D.)''' Hi guys, I‘m a student from Belgium and I plan to walk the GPT from december to march. That’s why having the GPX track files would help me realize this project. A big respect about all the work behind the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' TOBEL ''' Congratulations to the GPT Hikers Manual. I am from Germany and a bit older then the most here. This year I will hike some parts of the GPT, so I would like to get the gpx files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Michaelstabile (Mike &amp;amp; Avery) Hi, Thanks for compiling all of this information. We are Backpacking and Pack rafting Guides in Alaska. We are planning to start in 2023 and Continue through all the way back to Alaska. Hiking, bike packing, Packrafting and sea kayaking. Having this track files would be incredible for us helping with planning for this section of our journey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Martin&amp;amp;Helena (Martin.h)''' Hello guys! Thanks for the amazing work you’re doing with the GPT. We are a couple from Prague, Czech republic, planning to start hiking from the beginning of December, most likely until the end of March. We would use the track files for planning our hike and navigation. Thank you, Martin&amp;amp;Helena&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''EDAWILSON (Ed)''' Hello! We are a couple from Scotland who are heading to Patagonia for a couple of months hiking this October/ November, and we are looking to incorporate some elements of the GPT into our trip. 2022 conditions permitting, we will likely explore some sections of the Fjord route; as well as Glacier Chica to El Chaltén; and fingers crossed some sections south of here. I would love to overlay the track files over GE for a better planning experience. We love the spirit of the community you are building here! Great work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ridgepathpictures (Jani)''' Hi! Myself and a couple of friends are planning a packrafting trip in Patagonia at the start of 2023. We will be dipping in and out of the regular packrafting route, so sections 17 to 39. The aid of the track files would be greatly appreciated. I'm honestly astounded by the work you have put into this trail, it's truly very inspiring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Slingshot (Jeremy)''' Hi! My soon to be wife and I are planning a 3 month trek from GPT05 southbound and would greatly benefit from the GPT track files. Thank you so much for your hikers manual and for providing access to these files. It has already greatly benefited us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Alexis (dm) &amp;amp; Iris''' Hello! We are a 29/28 years old couple from France and are starting a sabbatical in South America for a year in December. We are landing in Puntas Arenas and would like to hike our way, on the GPT or not, through Chile up to the Ecuador. To better plan our trip, we would like to access the GPT track files and are obviously willing to contribute to the initiative. Many thanks.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Max''': Hello, I am from Germany and I really like to hike. Next year, I plan to hike from Santiago de Chile all the way down to Ushuaia with a Packraft. To do that, I would like to get the gpx files, so I can choose from the routes. Thank you for all of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ted''': Hi guys, I'm a 33 year old austrian guy and I plan to hike a few sections of the GPT in October and November. it would be great if i could have the gpx data so i can plan the routes better. great community&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Chris and Tara''': Hello!!! We are husband and wife, being 33 and 26 years old respectively. We plan to walk from Barilloche to Santiago incorporating large sections of the GPT. There are no fixed plans for sections and times, just to fully immerse our selves in Patagonia, it’s people and way of life. Thank you and all those who have contributes for your incredible work so far, I look forward to being able to contribute for others to enjoy! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
**'''Wannes''': Hello, I'm a 31 year old belgian who plans a two week trek/run in the beginning of November. I would love to do a part of the GPT. Could I receive the gpt tracks to decide which part would be ok to do? Kind regards. Wonderfull work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Yannic &amp;amp; Mirjam''': Hello together. We are Yannic and Mirjam and since one year on a world trip. We plan to spend a few months in Patagonia next and hike parts of the GPT. Which parts exactly we are currently still working out. Would it be possible to get the GPS tracks? Thank you for you incredible work !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''AdriKunz''': Hello, first of all, a huge thank for all your amazing work. I am so grateful for this sharing which will allow me I hope to live a unique experience. I'm a actually working in French Guyana, but were looking for an immersive hick before living this continent. I finally came across this extraordinary adventure, which I think corresponds to me in every way.  I plan to try the GTP from Santiago to part 14 or 15 of the GPT in a month and a week. I intend to start the hike in mid november. May i aske you the GPT track of thoses parts ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Avisito''': Finally going for it - December 2022! Plan to start at GPT05 and go south for several weeks - would love to start exploring the GPS track files. Thanks!!!!!!!!!! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Veronica''': Hello, I am Canadian and will be spending six months in South America from October 2022 to March 2023. While I am there I would love to spend a few of these months hiking various portions of the GPT, which is why I would love to obtain the GPS track files. Thank you so much for all this work and to all those who have compiled all this information. I am very much appreciative of all of this! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Andes et Tentes''': Hello, we are 3 french students taking a year off to explore South America. We are planning to explore Patagonia between February and April 2023 by hiking on some specific sections of the GPT. That's why we are asking for the GPS tracks. Many thanks for the huge work achieved ! It is impressively detailed and complete !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ondra''': Hello! My name is Ondrej and I am from the Czech Republic. I have been reading about Jan's and others' experiences on the GPT for the past two years. I will finally have a chance to walk a part of the trail myself in January - March 2023. I am adding myself to the list to kindly request the track files. Thank you Jan for putting this together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mat''': Hi! from France. I’m planning a few months hiking trip to discover  south America. I’ll most probably walk  parts of the Gpt (as much as I can). I would be grateful to receive the necessary gpx files. Thank you for the this very huge and inspiring work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Alice &amp;amp; Florian''': Hola! We are Alice &amp;amp; Florian, a french couple who love hiking. We who will travel in South America and especially in Chile in September and October this year (2022), and we read about the GPT and some blogs, which really peaked our interest. Our project is to walk going south along the GPT for about a month, somewhere between September and November. After reading the hiker's manual, we came here in order to do access the GPX files and prepare deeper our project. Muchas Gracias para todo este trabalho. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Thomas - Chilzin, Brah!''': Hola! I'm a thru hiker planning to do a large part of the GPT mostly continuously before heading north on a huge trip to explore South America. I really appreciate this resource and will do my best to contribute before and while I'm on trail. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Aneso''': Hola! I'm Aneso, a French woman who loves hiking. I heard about the GPT while doing research following my plan to go to South America for 1 year.&lt;br /&gt;
My project on the GPT being to leave from the south in the direction of the north, over a period of 1 month (or even a little more) from January 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
In my research I am missing the exact GPX files for my GPS.&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you in advance and congratulations again for all the work provided and to which we have access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ariane''':  Hola! I'm French and I will be hiking in Patagonia in April (and perhaps May); my plans are not yet well defined but I'd like to follow parts of the GPT on my way northward. Thanks for your super useful work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''OriolGirona''': Hola! I'm from Barcelona but living at nearby Girona. Love hiking and cycling, being my longer tours so far between 4 and 6 weeks on the trail. I hear about the GPT two years ago while looking for new ideas during covid lockdown. I already read the manual a couple of times, and I am thrilled to travel to Santiago next November / December for a couple of month, probably starting from section 1. And at this point of planning I will apreciate to have the GPX tracks to get deeper into this process. Awesome work. Thanks a lot!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''JuanchoUgarte''': Hola! I'm a Chilean guy that loves hiking. I hear about the GPT a few years ago. This year while doing the Travesia Cerro Castillo realized that it was part of the GPT and decided to start planning to do it on summer 2023. During 2021 did the GR11 in Spain and want to do something in Chile this time (the GPX tracks would be very useful for all the planning) Probably will start near Parque Inglés. Thanks a lot!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''LeanderDc''': Hey hey, we're a crew of 3 hiking-friends from Belgium and Chile. We're planning on walking a part of the GPT starting from around Cochamó till O'Higgins, probably taking some ferries and hitchhikes in between. We're starting to refine our exact route, by reading the manual and analyzing google earth, and would hugely benefit from the exact GPX files. Thanks in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''rowanl''': Hello, I'm an avid hiker from Canada looking to explore trails along the carretera austral especially around Cerro Castillo National Park. I hope to use the track files to help refine my plans. I appreciate all the information provided, Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''meotr''': Hi! I'm a french engineer planning to hike some parts of the main route between mid-february and mid-march during a 3-4 months period in Chile and Argentina. Thank you for you incredible work !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Sergio''': Hi! I live in Santiago and I'm planning on hiking some of the first GPTs on early February and hopefully some of the southern parts later on. Thank you very much for all the work you have put into this, it's an incredible thing what you have done!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*jdhanlon/Jen and Vince''': Hi! I am planning to hike and packraft a number of sections this season, from Jan - March 2022. Thank you for all your efforts and guidance in sharing information about the trail network!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Gianluca/Cerna_Beltz''': Salve a tutti, Hi!! I'm italian and I'm planning to hike some part of the GPT from the end of january to mars/avril. Thank you so much for all this information and for your attitude!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''José''': Hi!!. I'm chilean and im planning to hike the GPT05 - 22 southbound. I would really apreciate to have access to the track files. Thank you so much for doing this, its awesome!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Carlos and Ivan''': Hellow. We'll be in Chile in january and february. Track files would be a great help for planning our hike. Thank you for your great work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mariia and Misha''': Hi! We are two Russian flying to Argentina in end of December. Fully equipped for packrafting. Planed start January 5, 2022 from Lago Puelo southbound. Sections: 1. GPT23-25P Rio Frey and Lago Amutui Quimei. 2. Then flying to Chile and resume GPT26-28P 3. GPT30P-32 4. GPT33H-35 5. GPT36P 6. 36H Northbound. End before March 25. I would be very greatful for the track files. Thank you so much for your awesome guide and work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mawel''': Hello, I'm planning to hike the GPT or at least a part of it. Idealy, I'd like to start from Ushuaïa and travelling up north along the cordilliera. Anything concrete yet but I'm sure the track files will be very helpful to prepare this journey as best as I can.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Alexey''': I will start my trip on 29.11.2021  from Lago Todos Los Santos to the North, until Lago Ranco.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Matthias&amp;amp;Janna''': We will hike parts of the GPT in december - february. Track files would be a great help for planning our hike. Thanks for the enormous work done! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Franck''': I will hike parts of the GPT with a friend in december and january, we're interested in GPT05 to 12, 19 to 22 and 32 to 36. Thanks for the great work !! Can't wait to put my shoes on : D&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nathaniel''': I will be in Chile for a few months starting in December 2021. I am considering packrafting in the vicinity of the Western Fjord Traverse (GPT90P-GPT92P) as well as hiking/packrafting a section of the main route of the GPT in Zones H and I (possibly including GPT32-40).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Laurent and Maxime''': Hi there! We are two Canadians flying to Chile in January. We are fully equiped with lightweight equipment for packrafting, endure all sorts of weather and accomplish a great trip on the greater patagonian trail! We have 3 months to travel and we are very grateful of all the precious information you offer us ! Thank you very much !&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rebeca y Cristián''':  Buenas tardes Jan! Estuvimos conociendo distintos lugares de la décima región desde inicios del 2021, &amp;quot;aprovechando&amp;quot; las cuarentenas. Ahora estamos planeando un viaje más largo, el cual incluye packraft. Nos encantaría acceder a los archivos para planificar mejor. Desde ya, muy agradecidos.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''David Batguano''':  Good day all.  I am heading to Chile at the end of November 2021 to get some hiking in, obviously.  Fist I am completing the O circuit at Torres del Paine, then will hopefully complete some of the easier sections of the GPT(I do not wish to bushwack or prove a point).  I have no time constraints and will just go where I wish at a leisurely pace.  I am on page 400 of the hikers manual working on routing.  Though difficult, Jan's work so far is an unbelievable resource.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vera &amp;amp; James''': Hi all! We are planning to head over to Chile for 3 months Jan - Mar 2022 and plan to hike on the GPT. Planning is ongoing but current thinking is start at Puyehue and work north. The main motivation is to be in the mountains/wilderness for a period of time. The manual is an incredible resource! Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tobias''': Hi Jan, I'm flying into Chile on the 1 of November. My plan is to hike southwards from Frutillar to El Chaltén and visit Schools along the way. I would be very greatful for the track files GPT 22-40. Thank you so much for your amazing work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Kris&amp;amp;Stiina''': Greetings, we are going to Chile in November and we plan to hike some sections of the GPT. Track files would be a great help for planning our hike and logistics. Thanks for the enormous work done! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Helmut and Beatrice''': Hi JAN, we are planning to spend two months in Patagonia  at the beginning of next year. We want to hike around 1000 km and the tracking data would be a great help for us to choose appropriate sections and plan our hiking adventure. High praise for the great manual!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''HolKann &amp;amp; Peanutje''': Hey all, we're planning to visit Chile in January 2022, and hope to hike parts of the GPT for the better part of (at least) 3 months. Our most recent hiking experience was the [https://thepindosway.com Pindos way] in Greece, which consisted of finding &amp;quot;the shadow of an old mule path&amp;quot; to get up or down a mountain ridge, which taught us how to handle packs of angry shepherd dogs, and which forced on us a crash course in rudimentary Greek (as we would have gone hungry otherwise). We hope to get to know Patagonia and its people in the same way, except that our Spanish skills should be a bit better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Stephan''': Hi folks, Hi Jan, i'm planning to do the GPT 22,Lago todos los santos, from Petrohue to Cochamo, hiking and packrafting. I have planned to go on October 2021. Thanks for the great work!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Stéphane''': Hi folks, Hi Jan, planing a trail trip next summer in Patagonia walking from Villa Cerro Castillo to Villa o Higgins. Could you please Jan send mi the track files beetween Villa Cerro Castillo and Pto Ibanez passing through Torres el Avellano ? GPT33H. Thx a lot and long life to yout project ! Hug&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martin and Kim''': Hi, we are planning to spend two oder three months next year in Patagonia. We want to hike round about 1200 km there and the track file would be very helpful to choose sections and plan our adventure. Thanks for the great manual!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vicente''': Hi, I'm planning on doing the GPT this spring of 2021, I've done other long trails through Patagonia so I want to take it to the next level. I believe this trail has a great potential to become an icon for my country and its beautiful mountains. I need the track files to prepare the adventure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Marc''' : We are two guys from Denmark who are hoping to spend a couple of months on the GPT, if possible we will begin this december. We are eager to get our hands on the track files to help us plan which sections to hike. We have a great amount of respect for all the work you have done to make this adventure possible!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Simoncashyt''' : Me and my friend are Planning to spend 2.5 months in the area this December. Hoping to get this Track file and review the trail in gis with other historic route databases to really understand the sections topography, climates and route options to explore off the track file.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Bastian Klein''' : I am a university student from Germany and currently only have vague plans for my hike. With the Covid situation still going on its still to be determined when I will actually get to go hiking, but I think the track files will help me a lot with planing. Greatly appreciate the work done on the GPT manual !.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tim''' : We are a couple from Germany and around new year we plan to spend a few weeks in the area around GPT05 to GTP07. If possible we might return some time to see southern patagonia as well for multiple months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Léo''' : I plan to travel one year in Chile from sept 2021 ; I want to start from Puertomontt to reach Santiago (in a whole year, so taking my time), and hike some sections of the GPT ! I have not chosen which exacts sections yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nadfero''': Mi plan is to divide the route in two or three sections, and hike it in the 2021-2022-2023 summers. Obviously it all depends on the covid situation. There is no harm in planning!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cristóbal''': Estoy aprovechando la cuarentena para estudiar la ruta y comenzar a hacer tramos en la medida que se levanten las restricciones sanitarias este 2021 y 2022.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jo and Ty''': We are a couple planning to trekk for 3 months or so on the GPT. 2021/2022 depends on Covid 19 situation. Propably starting somewhere at GPT08. We are still in the beginning of planning. We require the track files for a lot of planning and for navigating on the trek it self. We are pretty excited!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Molly og Melissa''': We are two friends, from Denmark. We plan to hike most parts of group B, C and D in December 2021 - February 2022&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Patagonico''': Years ago i did the ruta de los pioneros now i would like to complete the GPT in the next few years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Les Amériques au fil de l'eau''': We are a french couple, planning to use the trail from Puerto Montt to Santiago in 2021-2022 and to realize two short documentary films about wetlands and about the women of America&lt;br /&gt;
*'''O Bicho Geográfico''': Para fines de investigación científica, Abril de 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Max Nemeth''': November to Mid-March 21/22, sections to be determined.  Thank you for the amazing work on this route!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Memo mcrash''': GPT10 and GPT11. I plan to do it in March with some friends. We are very grateful for the work you have done. Thank you! Guillermo.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''nico142857''': GPT01 and GPT02. Im planning to hike these 2 sections on March, and gpx's routes surely will help a lot. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MauricioDM''': I am planning to hike the whole trail in parts, but I am not sure where to begin, the GPX will help . Thanks. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Nico busch''': GPT33H. Planning on doing the Torres del Avellano hike. Thanks. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Bjornsether''': GPT 01 to 40. I've been planning a long-distance hike in Chile for some time. February-April 2021 might allow me to spend time on the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''AJForno''':, GPT 01 to 40, I live in Chile and have done some sections, and plan to keep exploring, Thank you! Andres  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Thom&amp;amp;Miky''': Hi, we are two friends planning to walk from febrary to april 2021 and we will try to reach from south to north the GPT 14 to GPT 01. Thank you! Thomas and Michael &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''WhatDoesMyHeartTellMe''': I am very much interested in GPT 01 to 40. I plan to trek in 2021-2022. This endeavor requires a tremendous amount of planning. I hope you can grant me the track files. Thanks very much!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tom Corbett''': Januray 2021, hiking and packrafting sections of GPT 26 to GPT 33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rperezdearce ''': Hi, With my girlfriend we will leave the first days of Nov 2020 from Santiago with the intention of reaching GPT12, then we will try to continue further south.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tobi &amp;amp; Fang''': Hiking and potentially packrafting in the &amp;lt;s&amp;gt;2021/2022, 2022/2023&amp;lt;/s&amp;gt; 2023/2024 season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freek van Keulen (Freek)''': Plan to hike 2021-2022 season, starting preparations and research now&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Joaquin Munoz (jqnmunozdiaz)''': Plan to hike sections GPT32-40 southbound on summer 2020-2021 if covid allows. I will likely hike some northern sections as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Quamen''': I am dreaming to hike the GPT01-16 and to hiking/packrafting GPT17-40 southbound this austral summer 2020-2021 season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Frambues''': Starting at the end of 2020 if Covid lets. Not sure yet which part to do in one season, but probably start in Santiago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ferdinand''': Hi, Ferdinand from germany, I'd like to hike southbound starting from GPT 05 from Dec 2020 - Apr 2021 and see how far I can get. The GPS files would help a lot planning everything more in detail, thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Víctor Valenzuela''': GTP 05-19: Planning on starting end of 2021 with GPT 05-19 and further on. Got one season to explore the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Isaac Garza (Try431)''': Planning to hike southbound GPT season from ~December 2020 through ~March/April 2021 (weather/COVID permitting). At the moment, planning to do GPT17P - GPT39, and track files will be very helpful in planning out in more detail :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Pipers''': Hi, I'm from Valdivia, chile, and I am planning to hike or ride in my bike the closest parts of the route,  as soon as coronavirus lockdown finishes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Patagoniandreams''': Planning to hike the standard route soundbound, starting at GPT10 until GPT23 and looping back nordbound via the Huella Andina. Due to the Corona crisis we postpone this endeavour to the 2021-2022 season. The hike will be done in family. We will have a 6 year old girl and a 3 year old boy with us. We have 4 months. We have been doing GPT sections back in 2008 - 2010 - 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Olivier1''': Planning to hike the standard route northbound, starting at GPT 40 for the 2021-2022 season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''David Brophy (d.brophy)''': Planning to hike the standard route GPT01-GPT40 over two seasons starting as soon as COVID permits. Will use a pack-raft for the second season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Peter Mican (ElCondor)''': Planning to hike the GPT in 2020/2021, starting at section 01 and hike as far south as I can, depending on the weather and situations on the track. I am planning to go solo but would be happy to join with a fellow hiker(s) ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''jojohoughton''': Planning on hiking/packrafting southbound to section 40, starting either from section 1 or section 13 depending on the conditions. Will be exploring the GPT for the summer 2020-2021 season.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Leonhard''': GTP 1-16: Planning on starting end of 2021 with GPT 1-16 and further on. Got one season to explore the GPT.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Aligator''': GTP 40 to GPT32: Plannning to explore that part of the GPT in February (from 03/02) and March (flexible) with my girlfriend (we both live in Santiago). Thank you for the incredible work you've achieved gathering and updating all those information!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ConnyPflaume''': GTP 14 &amp;amp; 15 or the area between lago Conguillo and Lago Tinquilco. We will start this weekend, 11.1.20 - would be nice we could be supplied with the map so shorthanded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''felixrulz''': Will be in the Andes for around 4 months. Have already completed 3 sections, but looking to do more. Joined specifically for the Puyehue section (GPT 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Kelly Swanson''': I plan to solo trek starting at GPT06 in January 2020, continuing till mid March.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''phil ro''': i will start in coihayque in mid-january and will head south for more than 4 weeks with a packraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''johannsteffen''': Going to make a backpack trip starting in February on Ushuaya and going to Bariloche in June.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Claudio Miranda''': Starting from Santiago in January 2020 until April, planing to arrive at least to Chile Chico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trinity''': Travelling to SA for 2 years and plan exploring Patagonia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''pirre''': Starting in January 2020 on GPT32 and planning to hike south for 6-8 weeks. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shn0rhelez''': Hi,I am Anton from Sofia,Bulgaria...me and my girlfriend are starting from sec6 in the middle of January...we have around four months...thank you for your remarkable work!!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Gatodelmonte''': Starting on 2 January from Santiago, planning to hike South for about 45 days &amp;amp; exit near Pucon (sections 1 to 15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Fedepatagon''': Like to pack raft on the area between Bariloche-Osorno and P.N Los Alerces&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vincent Paquet''': My girlfriend and I are planning to spend 3 weeks walking from december 18 2019 to Jan 10 2020. We're still selecting the exact sections. Cheers!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tmattson425''': Plan for this year is to solo trek sections 1 through 19 (southbound) starting in mid-January 2020.  I'm an American expat living in Buenos Aires and plan on returning in following seasons to complete the GPT, try packrafting, and explore alternate routes.  Extremely excited an grateful that this trek is possible.  Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''SalomeS''': Planning for a 6 month trip with my husband starting in Nov/Dec 2020. Planning to hike the sections 40 to 16. We would be incredibly grateful to receive the gps track files. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ianhikes'''* Leaving for Chile in 1 week and looking to spend a month on GPT hiking southbound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''zc0rp10''': Hi! Planning and preparing for an extended hike together with two friends from November 2020 - Feb 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ELLI''': together with a friend we plan to hike the sections of the main route but in opposite direction starting in the area around Lago viedma in first days of January 2020, we have approx. 4 month time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''gorskial''': plan to bike/packraft along the carretera austral from Puerto Montt to Villa O'Higgins with hiking side trips. Jan/feb 2020&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''pitney''': Solo hiking GPT sections 6-22 Southbound beginning early January, 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''dirtmonger''': GPT sections 1-24; planning underway for an immersion solo hike  ‘20 November to ‘21 February. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''bob451''': Planning on solo hiking 2 or 3 sections of the GPT northbound March/April 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mgabenesch''' : Planning on hiking most parts of the GPT, starting in Ushuaïa then going North. I have on year off. Starting Dec 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Family Size''': Planning on hiking parts of the GPT southbound. Starting end of November 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''shaunchurch''': Hope to solo hike/packraft a few sections southbound. Section 15 or 17 in Dec 2019. Then maybe a couple more from among sections 21-31 in Jan and Feb 2020. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''iank''':2 months jan and feb 2020. Hope to hike isla navarino, cirque of huemuls and then cochrane to chile chico. More northerly secions maybe 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''dsmit3000''': Solo hiker planning on hiking GPT40-31 northbound November-January 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''2As''': We plan to walk in Chile and Argentina from mid October 2019 to mid march 2020. We don't have precisely planned our trip but the root of our trip is to go by foot through Patagonia and also discover Chile and his people and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''A pat''': We plan to do several sections of the GPT (Need to confirm but we are interesting in sections 08-22 and 35- 40) from January to early March 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Aceestrin''': We'll be exploring for 4 weeks in Los Lagos region December-January. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Andrealopezb''': I plan on doing individual sections for the time being, mostly between Santiago-El Maule &lt;br /&gt;
*'''annbrnn''': Heya, a friend and I are planning on hiking several sections of the GPT beginning end of December 2019 and are currently in the process of determining our route.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''AlexEdge''': Hi, i am planning to hike the lower sections of this route with a couple friends, possibly febuary 2020. thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Arno507''': We plan to do several sections of the GPT starting fom November/December 2019 till early April 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Birdy ''': I plan to mostly walk from Lake Titicaca to Ushuaia starting November 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''David''': Hello!! This is David from Barcelona and I'm planning to walk through the Patagonia for 4 month from January 2020. I would love to do all de GPT, but I'm not sure if it's too ambitious... For sure, I'll try it!! :-) I would really appreciate if you can provide me the gps track files. Many thanks!!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dubrovskiy''': 2 people, January 2020, Foot hiking southern parts, likely around GPT40-33.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Edwinb''': I will be arriving in Chile in Nov and plan to cherry pick parts of the GPT and mix it with other trekking, basically like I did last year. Always interested in a bit of exploring, providing it doesn't get to extreme!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Hendrik Niehaus''': We arrive in Chile early Oktober 2019. From November until January we plan to be on the GPT. Due to the recommendations of the hikers manual we are mainly interested in section 5-16. However, plans might still change and are not too fixed yet. Thank you in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Herman van Horssen''': We plan to do section 47 to 69 of the GPT in 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''johansonst333''': Hi! I am planning the sections 30 - 40 during this hiking season, would be incredibly grateful to have the GPS files for further research and planning. Thank you in advance!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jose Barros''' Hello !Im jose from Santiago de Chile, i will do the sections from Conquillio national park to Puyehue national park, its aprox. 15 days in January, i think it will be great ! If you can provide the track files i will be very thankfull. &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jose Roman''': Hi, my plan is to several sections by bike or hiking staring September 2019 until Abril 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''JUNHUI SON''': Hi, I'm from South Korea, I plan to do section 1 to 40 of the GPT in September 2019 till November.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Kendon''': I cycled Patagonia many year ago and have always wanted to return for an extended walk through this wonderful area. I am in preliminary stages of my planning and thank you for your efforts in providing such a great resource. I am looking at the 2020 summer.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martín H.I.''': Hello, I´m planning to make an attempt to hike from sections GPT01 to GPT22 this summer from December 2019 to February 2020, still deciding on the exact sections, but southbound is my direction. I´m a chilean 25 year old architect who will humbly try to hike this unique trail. Thank you Jan for the amazing creation.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Martin Lizondo''': I will be hiking southbound from Anticura (GPT20) to El Chaltén (GPT39), between December 2019 and February 2020. It's my second season in the GPT, after hiking from Santiago (GPT01) to Anticura (GPT19) in 2018-2019.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''martinahaller''': We will be arriving in Chile in Nov and plan to hike parts of the GPT during the next 6 Month, starting in Santiago.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Maturin''': Hi, I am currently figuring out the details to hike GPT06 to GPT08 from the 27th of December 2019 until mid January. I will be doing the Horseriding tour before. I speak fluent spanish and the idea is to go southbound. Thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Matúš Lašan''': We plan to do as much as possible from December 2019 till March 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''msantelli''': Hi, Melissa, plan to trek sections 05-22 taking a chance to start mid-late Nov. of ‘19 may need to backtrack and cut a few sections out, if rivers can’t be ford/crossed-flexible schedule&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Meylin Ubilla and Jan Dudeck''': We plan to investigate new packrafting and hiking routes in more remote areas between Puerto Montt and El Chalten without making a single long traverse (GPT21 to GPT40, GPT90P to GPT 92P). We will depart in November 2019 and plan to finish in February 2020. Experienced packrafts may join us for these investigations.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lauric Olrik''': We plan to do several sections of the GPT starting from November 2019, we have a whole year off.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lea Geibel''': Hi, my plan is to do several sections of the GPT starting fom October/November 2019 until beginning of January 2020 and need to figure out which ones are suitable for such an early start.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Linda''': Hi, I am planning to hike alone southbound the GPT from beginning of December 2019 to mid-February 2020, probably from GPT06 to GPT22, but I am still studying the routes and the sections. I spoke quite good spanish, at least, it will come back there, practicing ! Thank you !&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Oreste Marquis''': Hello, i'm planning to hike sections 06-22 and 32-40 if time allows it. My trip will be from January to Abril 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Sanita Heinz''': We plan to do section 1 to 40 of the GPT in December 2019 till March 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Selma''': We are planning to packraft some sections of the GPT during our stay in Nov/Dez '19&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Staci Garcia''': Hello, I am planning on doing several sections of the GPT  in 2020. I am still in research on what sections.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''TrashPanda''': Hi, we plan to do several sections from the end of November 2019 till February 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''tom347''': Hola, I plan to do part of parts 1 to 40 with a friend, starting mid october. We will be hitchhiking the parts that are not recomended in particular months. We will be travelling for aproximately 2 months. Gracias.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tombartlett''': Hello I am planning on hiking many sections over a three month period from November 2019 to February 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Wanderwood18 ''': We plan to make it to El Chalten/Fitz Roy in one season from Santiago. This means I’ll probably skip recommended sections to skip/do what I need to do to make it. I’m flexible, we will see how it goes. My girlfriend, America, and I are planning on starting around Nov. 10th….&lt;br /&gt;
*'''LieberWeiter''' Hi, I do not know yet if I ever dare to walk the GPT but meanwhile I would like to plan therefore!&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Jarek Wątroba''' Hey, I will spend several months in Patagonia starting in Jan 2024. The information you provided in the Hiker's Guide is already immensely helpful, but the track files would make planning our route so much easier. Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Wolke7net'''   Hi, could you please send me the track without packrafting. Thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''DoloresMonika''''' Hi,my name is Dorota and I am from Poland. I ahve a plan to start from Santiago de Chile at 1 of December 2024. I can pass 4.5 months on the trail . Thanks for preparing this manual and description of trail.&lt;br /&gt;
*'''''Randomuser''''' Hi, my name is Victor and my wife and I are planning on spending 3 months in  Patagonia starting Jan 25. We are planning on picking some sections to explore and will focus on the land portions, thanks!&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''wikiexplora'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AnnaBla</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>